You are on page 1of 147

®

Bit Inspection Technical


Standard

Standard DS-1 ®

FIFTH EDITION | AUGUST 2020


VOLUME

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Standard DS-1®
Volume 5

Bit Inspection
Technical Standard
(BITS)

Fifth Edition
August 2020

i
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Standard DS-1® Volume 5
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Fifth Edition
Shabib Kadri and Austin Wells, P.E.
Authors

Samit R. Gokhale and Sara Fahmi Grant Pettit


Contributing Authors Technical Contributor
Jennifer Mosher
Production Manager

Bureau Veritas wishes to acknowledge the leadership and foresight of Tom H. Hill
for conceptualizing Standard DS-1 and writing the First through Third Editions.

Bureau Veritas extends its deep appreciation to the Fifth Edition Sponsor Companies and to the individuals
named below, whose technical input contributed significantly to the value of the standard.

Fifth Edition Sponsor Companies


Arconic Corporation INPEX Schlumberger
Arnco Technology Trust, Ltd. Liquidmetal Coatings LLC Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe Co., Ltd
Baker Hughes Nabors Industries Ltd. Shell International Exploration & Production
BHP National Oilwell Varco - Wellbore Technologies Southern Tool Inspection (STI)
Chevron New Tech Systems Superior Energy Services
Command Tubular Products Occidental Oil & Gas Superior Inspection Services
DP-Master Manufacturing OTTO FUCHS Drilling Solution GmbH Tianjin Lilin Machinery Group Co., Ltd
Halliburton Postle Industries, Inc. (Durband® NC) Washita Valley Enterprises, Inc.
ICO Asiapacific Group Quail Tools Workstrings International
Repsol E&P

Reviewers and Contributors


Alessandro Bertini, Schlumberger Hector Handal, NOV Grant Prideco Murphy Luu, NOV ReedHycalog
Amol Mulunjkar, Schlumberger Howard Liu, Schlumberger Nathan Fuller, Schlumberger
Anant Saraogi, Schlumberger James Carriere, Superior Inspection Services Oswaldo Patino, Schlumberger
Andreas Choinka, OTTO FUCHS Jason Howell, NOV Grant Prideco Paco McLaughlin, Arnco
Andrei Muradov, NOV Grant Prideco Jason Kody, Shell Peter Kaufmann, OTTO FUCHS
Anthony Griffo, Schlumberger Jeremy Dugas, Quail Tools Qiao Xiaotang, Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe
Anthony Phillips, Baker Hughes Jim Streater, NOV Downhole Raza Hussain, NOV Grant Prideco
Austin J. Wells, Arnco Joe Diliberto, Quail Tools Richard Griffin, NOV Grant Prideco
Bala Durairajan, Schlumberger Joe Thomas, BHP Roman Brilyov, Shell
Benjamin Chartier, Schlumberger John Chen, Schlumberger Ronnie Falgout, Quail Tools
Benjamin Latiolais, Workstrings International John K. Snyder, Halliburton Russell Moncrief, NOV Grant Prideco
Brad Millard, NOV Tuboscope John Price, NOV Grant Prideco Ryan Harper, Southern Tool Inspection
Buck Johnson, Chevron Joseph Guidry, Workstrings International Salvatore Mangione, Command Tubular Products
Charlie Domingue, Quail Tools Josh Gatell, Schlumberger Santosh Gupte, ICO Asiapacific
Dan Morgan, NOV Grant Prideco Josh Morris-Luck, INPEX Sealy Morris, Command Tubular Products
Daniel Hernandez, NOV Downhole Josiah Shearon, Schlumberger Shabnam Meeran, Baker Hughes
Daniel Seale, Shell Juan Veloz, Washita Valley Simone Pallesi, Schlumberger
David Crose, Nabors Industries Justin Bryant, New Tech Systems Sneha Deshpande, Schlumberger
David Oliver, Schlumberger Justin Chatagnier, Schlumberger Spenser Holcomb, BHP
Dexter Trahan, Schlumberger Kamela Watson, Schlumberger Stephen Chang, DP-Master
Ed Murphy, Command Tubular Products Krishnan Jagathrakshakan, Schlumberger Stephen Slavens, Baker Hughes
Emily Watson, NOV Grant Prideco Larry Jones, Arnco Steve Laughlin, NOV Downhole
Ethen “Poochie” Dupuis, Southern Tool Inspection Li ZhaoXi, Tianjin Lilin Machinery Steve Stefancic, Postle Industries
Evelina Vogli, Liquidmetal Coatings Lucien Hehn, NOV Grant Prideco Steve Steinke, Schlumberger
Francesco Zezza, Schlumberger Lv Haiying, Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe Steven Villareal, Schlumberger
Garry Becze, Command Tubular Products Mark Anderson, Chevron Steven Xia, Schlumberger
Gary Portwood, Schlumberger Mark Chustz, NOV Downhole Stuart Barrowman, BHP
George Irsa, Schlumberger Mark Juckett, NOV Tuboscope Sukhada Shantanu Saoji, Schlumberger
Greg Jeffers, Nabors Industries Michael Boucherit, Shell Veronica Fong, DP-Master
Greg Lockwood, NOV ReedHycalog Michael Strachan, Halliburton Walt Laflin, NOV Downhole
Guillaume Plessis, NOV Grant Prideco Mike Huber, Postle Industries WD Averitt, New Tech Systems
Hans Navas, NOV Tuboscope Milton Grimes, BHP Willie Nieves, Repsol
Hector Alba, Schlumberger Milton Hruschak, Command Tubular Products Zhao Haibing, Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe
Mitch Nobles, ICO Asiapacific

No endorsement of this standard or its content on the part of any reviewer or his or her company should be inferred.
Copyright ©2020. Bureau Veritas, all rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or scanned into any computer without prior
written consent of Bureau Veritas.
For additional information contact Bureau Veritas, 16800 Greenspoint Park Drive, Ste 300S, Houston, TX 77060 USA
Phone: (281) 671-5700 Email: ds1@bureauveritas.com Web: www.bvna.com/ds1standards

ii --`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table of Contents
Page
1. Introduction
1.1 History..................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 Bureau Veritas and T H Hill.................................................................................................................1
1.3 Coverage...............................................................................................................................................1
1.4 Sponsorship..........................................................................................................................................1
1.5 Copyright Notice..................................................................................................................................1
1.6 Content.................................................................................................................................................1
1.7 Assumptions.........................................................................................................................................2
1.8 Limitations...........................................................................................................................................2
1.9 Terms and Conditions for Use..............................................................................................................2
1.10 Proprietary Products.............................................................................................................................2
1.11 Proprietary Technology & License Agreement.....................................................................................2
1.12 Disclaimer of Liability..........................................................................................................................2
1.13 Responsibility for Compliance..............................................................................................................3

2. Specifying the Inspection Program


2.1 Scope and Definition............................................................................................................................5
2.2 Inspection of Equipment Using DS-1 BITS........................................................................................5
2.3 Inspection Programs.............................................................................................................................5
2.4 Conducting the Inspection Program Per DS-1 BITS...........................................................................5
2.5 Deviating from Procedural Requirements.............................................................................................5
2.6 Specifying Applicable Methods............................................................................................................5
2.7 Setting Acceptance Criteria..................................................................................................................6
2.8 Inspection Using Metric Units.............................................................................................................6
2.9 Essential Objectives of Inspection........................................................................................................6
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2.10 Inspection Costs...................................................................................................................................7


2.11 Limitations of the Guidelines in this Standard.....................................................................................7
2.12 Definitions............................................................................................................................................7
2.13 Fitness for Purpose...............................................................................................................................7
2.14 Adjusting Acceptance Criteria..............................................................................................................7
2.15 Personnel Competency.........................................................................................................................7
2.16 Calibration Requirements.....................................................................................................................8
2.17 Meeting Requirements of Standard DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 3, Category 3-5..............................9
2.18 The Inspection Procedure is Critical.....................................................................................................9
2.19 Procedure Affects Results.....................................................................................................................9
2.20 Frequently Asked Questions...............................................................................................................10
2.21 References...........................................................................................................................................11

3. Inspection Procedures
3.1 General Bit Inspection........................................................................................................................15
3.2 Bit Body 1 Inspection.........................................................................................................................21
3.3 Bit Body 2 Inspection.........................................................................................................................23
3.4 Cutter 1 Inspection.............................................................................................................................24
3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection.............................................................................................................................26
3.6 General Reamer Cutter Inspection.....................................................................................................27
3.7 Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection....................................................................................................31

iii
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table of Contents (continued) Page

3.8 Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection....................................................................................................32


3.9 Roller Cone General Bit Inspection...................................................................................................32
3.10 Roller Cone Bit Body Inspection........................................................................................................36
3.11 Roller Cone Cutter Inspection............................................................................................................36
3.12 Visual Bit Connection Inspection ......................................................................................................37
3.13 Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection............................................................................................41
3.14 Blacklight Connection Inspection (MPI)...........................................................................................43
3.15 Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI).....................................................................................................44
3.16 Pressure Testing of Roller Cone Bits..................................................................................................46
3.17 Rotation Test of Roller Cone Bits.......................................................................................................46

Inspection Tables..........................................................................................................................................49
Glossary........................................................................................................................................................133
Index..............................................................................................................................................................137

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
List of Tables
2.1 Recommended Inspection Programs for Bits........................................................................................6
2.2 Calibration Frequency...........................................................................................................................9
2.3 Conversion Factors for Inspection......................................................................................................12
2.4 Table of Fractions...............................................................................................................................13
3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Matrix Bit Body..........................................................................50
3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Steel Bit Body.............................................................................65
3.2.4 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Wear and Erosion of the Bit Body.............................................71
3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Matrix Bit Body..........................................................................74
3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Steel Bit Body.............................................................................80
3.3.4 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for the Diamond Bit Body and Sleeve Interface..............................87
3.3.5 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Wear of the Bit Body..................................................................88
3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria................................................................89
3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria............................................................................................92
3.5.3 Cutter 2 Inspection Acceptance Criteria..........................................................................................103
3.5.4 New and Used Roller Cone Cutting Structure Acceptance Criteria................................................105
3.5.5 Ground Gauge Surfaces on a Milled Tooth Roller Cone.................................................................107
3.5.6 Ground Milled Tooth Gauge Surface Porosity Acceptance Criteria................................................107
3.6.5 Visual Bit Connection Inspection Acceptance Criteria....................................................................108
3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria..............................................................110
3.7.4.2 Bit Bevel Diameter Ranges for API REG Connections...................................................................124
3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratios for BHA Connections..............................................................................125
3.7.4.4 Rotary Shouldered Connection Interchange List.............................................................................131

List of Figures
2.1 Probability of Detecting a Fatigue Crack..............................................................................................9
2.2 Crack Detection Probability for Various Levels of Procedure Control...............................................10
3.1.2.1 Bit Body Showing Locations of Blades, Cutters, and a Nozzle..........................................................15
3.1.2.2 Bit Body Showing Locations of Leading Side, Trailing Side, and Top of a Blade..............................16

iv
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

List of Figures(continued) Page

3.1.2.3 Bit Body Showing Gauge Pad, Junk Slot, Shank, and Breaker Slot....................................................16
3.1.2.4 Cutter Showing the Substrate and the Diamond Table......................................................................16
3.1.2.5 Blade with Cutter Featuring Non-Standard Diamond Table Geometry............................................17
3.1.2.6 Blade Showing Various Areas on the Blade........................................................................................17
3.1.2.7 Gauge Pads with Nominal, Straight-Relieved, Step, and Taper Designs............................................17
3.1.2.8 Bit Showing Wear Elements and the Bond Line................................................................................18
3.1.2.9 Bit Body Showing a Backreamer........................................................................................................18
3.1.3.1 Through-Bit Showing Various Parts of the Bit...................................................................................19
3.1.3.2 CWD Bit Showing Various Parts of the Bit.......................................................................................19
3.1.3.3 Diamond Bit Showing Various Parts of the Bit..................................................................................19
3.1.3.4 Bi-Center Bit Showing Various Parts of the Bit.................................................................................19
3.5.2.1 Recommended Identification for the Blades.......................................................................................26
3.5.2.2 Recommended Identification for the Cutters.....................................................................................27
3.6.3.1 Reamer Cutter Block..........................................................................................................................29
3.6.4.1 Rendering of Hinge-Type Reamer PDC Cutter Block......................................................................30
3.6.4.2 Roller Cone Reamer Arm & Hole Opener Arms with Milled Tooth and TCI Cutting Structures.....30
3.9.2.1 Cross-Sectional Drawing of Elements of Roller Cone Bit Leg..........................................................33
3.12.5.1 Locating Last Scratch on BHA Box Connection with SRF...............................................................38
3.12.5.2 Locating Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection with SRF...............................................................39

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.12.5.3 Measuring from Last Scratch on BHA Box Connection with SRF...................................................39
3.12.5.4 Measuring from Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection with SRF....................................................39
3.12.5.5 Identifying Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection without SRF.......................................................39
3.12.5.6 Measuring from Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection without SRF...............................................40
3.13.1.1 Bit Connection Dimensions...............................................................................................................41
3.13.4.1 Locating First Full Thread (1).............................................................................................................42
3.13.4.2 Locating First Full Thread (2).............................................................................................................42
3.13.4.3 Measuring Pin SRG Length...............................................................................................................42

v
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

This page intentionally left blank.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

vi
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

1.  Introduction (Bureau Veritas North America, Inc). This step has enabled
expansion of the global footprint of Standard DS-1. It has
also provided access to an extensive network of engineering
1.1  History support which helps to accelerate the technical content
Since 1992, Standard DS-1 has worked to prevent drill development efforts.
stem failures. Originally an industry-standard set of
inspection procedures for used drill pipe, the scope of the 1.3  Coverage
standard and its acceptance in the industry has grown
dramatically through four previous editions. Volume 5 of DS-1 covers the inspection procedures and
acceptance criteria for the qualification of new and used
During the time the Fourth Edition of Standard DS-1 was drilling bits and reamer cutting structures by inspection
in force, the DS-1 Sponsor group elected to address inspec- companies, service companies, or manufacturers.
tion of drilling bits as a supplementary volume. The DS-1
Bit Inspection Technical Standard (BITS) was published
in February of 2017 specifically for the inspection of bits. 1.4  Sponsorship
Sponsorship of DS-1 is open to any company or institution
In this Fifth Edition, the BITS standard is given a more having an interest in the field. The sponsorship group in-
prominent place in the DS-1 lineup as Volume 5. The cludes oil and gas operating companies, drilling contractor
coverage has also expanded to include roller cone bits and

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
companies, rental companies, inspection companies, and oil
the cutting structures on reamers. field service companies. Sponsorship fees are paid to Bureau
This Fifth Edition of Standard DS-1 consists of six Veritas and are used to conduct research, to recommend
Volumes: content, and to write, update, and maintain the standard.
For sponsorship information contact:
• Volume 1 covers the manufacture of various drill
stem elements. DS-1 Engineering
Bureau Veritas
• Volume 2 provides resources and calculations to 16800 Greenspoint Park Drive, Suite 300S
design and operate a drill string successfully. Houston, Texas 77060 USA
• Volume 3 gives inspection procedural control and (281) 671-5700 (phone)
acceptance criteria for generic components such as ds1@bureauveritas.com (email)
drill pipe, drill collars, HWDP, subs, etc.
• Volume 4 outlines a quality control structure for 1.5  Copyright Notice
the maintenance processes of specialty tools.
This standard is copyrighted and is the property of Bureau
• Volume 5—this book—covers the inspection of Veritas. Anyone who wishes to use this standard may
new and used bits for oilfield drilling. do so, but no part of the standard may be photocopied,
• Volume 6 provides the inspection procedures and electronically duplicated, entered into a computer, or
acceptance criteria for used aluminum drill pipe. otherwise reproduced without prior written permission
from Bureau Veritas.
1.2  Bureau Veritas and T H Hill
In March 2012, Bureau Veritas acquired T H Hill 1.6  Content
Associates, Inc. With the acquisition, the process of The content of this standard is determined by a commit-
integrating T H Hill service lines and Standard DS-1 tee of technical representatives from sponsor companies.
development work with Bureau Veritas’s service portfolio However, suggestions for improving this standard are
was initiated. On September 1, 2016 the integration welcomed from any source. Suggested changes should be
process was advanced by merging T H Hill Associates sent to the address above.
with Bureau Veritas’s North America operating company

1
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Revisions and corrections of the DS-1 Standards are furnished, nor do they make any representation whatever
published from time to time. Before using the standard, as to the accuracy of the data or reliability of the product.
be sure to contact us (see information above) or visit Furthermore, a listing in this standard does not constitute
www.bvna.com/ds1standards to make sure you have the a license to manufacture any product. Such license can only
latest edition. be obtained from the owner of the product in question.
Anyone contemplating manufacture of any product listed
herein is cautioned to verify that such manufacture will not
1.7  Assumptions violate any right or patent of the holders of the proprietary
This standard is written and published solely for the product in question.
convenience of the user. The data presented herein is based
on assumptions about material properties and operating
conditions which will not apply in all circumstances. Since 1.11  Proprietary Technology &
actual properties and conditions cannot be foreseen, each License Agreement
user must first ascertain how local equipment or operating The methods of calculating Curvature Index, Stability
conditions deviate from the assumptions herein, then Index, Reactive Torque, and Connection Fatigue Index
employ sound engineering and technical judgment in are and remain the exclusive property of Bureau Veritas.
deciding when to employ any part of this standard. The values given in this standard for Curvature Index,
Stability Index, Reactive Torque, and Connection Fatigue
1.8  Limitations Index are and remain the exclusive property of Bureau
Veritas. License is hereby granted to persons who purchase
This standard is not a training manual, nor should it be and register this standard to use the values given herein
used by untrained or inexperienced personnel, or people for Curvature Index, Stability Index, Reactive Torque,
who are not qualified in drilling engineering, threading and Connection Fatigue Index for the sole purpose of
technology, inspection technology, quality assurance, or designing drill strings or setting inspection intervals.
applicable codes, standards, and procedures. This standard No person or organization may use these values, curves,
is not intended to meet the duties of employers to properly formulas, or methods of calculation for any other purpose,
train and equip their employees in any of the above fields. including developing training material or training others
in drill string design or inspection. These values, curves,
1.9  Terms and Conditions For Use and formulas may not be retyped, hand copied, redrawn,

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
scanned, photocopied, or employed in the production or
The terms and conditions stated in paragraphs 1.9 through use of any computer program or software, except with the
1.12 are the sole and exclusive terms and conditions by prior written permission of Bureau Veritas.
which this Standard DS-1 is offered for sale or use, and
the purchase or use of this standard shall be deemed an
unconditional acceptance of these terms and conditions 1.12  Disclaimer of Liability
by the user. Bureau Veritas and the editorial committee have made
diligent, good faith efforts to obtain and compile the
1.10  Proprietary Products information and to ensure the reliability and applicability
of the data presented in this standard. However, Bureau
Users of this standard are advised that certain dimensions Veritas, its officers and directors, the editorial committee
and properties on proprietary products are listed in this members and their companies, and the sponsor companies
standard. These dimensions and properties have generally make no guarantee, representation, claim, or warranty of
been provided by the manufacturers of the products in any kind as to the validity of engineering formulas used, or
question, and are listed herein solely for the convenience the accuracy and completeness of any data presented herein.
of users who may be using or contemplating the use of Bureau Veritas, its officers and directors, the editorial
such products. Bureau Veritas, its officers and directors, committee members and their companies, and the sponsor
the editorial committee members and their companies, companies hereby disclaim and shall not be liable for any
and the sponsor companies have not verified the service- direct or consequential claims or damages, personal injury
ability of these products nor the reliability of the data or property damage, economic or other losses, out of pocket

2
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

damages or lost profits, or violation of any letters patent, Bureau Veritas. The liability of Bureau Veritas shall in any
relating to or resulting from use of this standard or use of event be limited to the retail price at which this standard
the procedures mentioned herein, and by using the stan- is offered for sale.
dard, the user releases Bureau Veritas from any and all such
claims, liabilities, or damages of any kind. Bureau Veritas
expressly disclaims any and all express warranties of every 1.13  Responsibility for Compliance
kind as well as any implied warranties of merchantability Responsibility for compliance to any requirement of this
or fitness for a particular purpose. Bureau Veritas shall standard can only be imposed by one user of this standard
never be liable to any user for any act or omission unless upon another user, by agreement between the two parties.
caused by gross negligence or intentional misconduct of
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

This page intentionally left blank.

4
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

2.  Specifying the Inspection 2.3.3  Acceptance Criteria in Effect


The customer must give the inspecting company precise
Program instructions about the attributes which must be met or
exceeded in an acceptable bit. This is done by specifying
2.1  Scope and Definition which inspection methods need to be followed.

The DS-1 Bit Inspection Technical Standard (BITS)


covers the inspection procedures and acceptance criteria 2.4  Conducting the Inspection
for the qualification of new and used bits, including the Program Per DS-1 BITS
bit bodies, connections, and cutters.
Once the customer sets the inspection program, the
inspecting company is responsible for conducting it. In the
2.2  Inspection of Equipment Using conduct of an inspection method, the inspecting company
DS-1 BITS is responsible for following the procedural requirements
outlined in DS-1 BITS. The inspecting company is
For inspection of equipment using DS-1 BITS, the also responsible for making the customer aware of any
customer is defined as the party on whose behalf the problems in achieving the desired acceptance criteria, and
inspection is being conducted. If the components are for working with the customer to resolve these problems.
being inspected for use in a well or wells, the customer
is the organization at risk in the event of a failure. If the
components are being inspected prior to returning them to 2.5  Deviating from Procedural
stock for future rental, the customer is the company owning Requirements
the components. In the first case, the customer will usually
The customer, having set the program in the first place,
be represented by the designer, who will be most familiar
is free to alter any aspect of the process he or she desires.
with the loads and anticipated operating conditions, and
Customers are cautioned however, that deviating from
therefore best qualified to set the inspection program and
the procedures in DS-1 BITS may negatively impact the
address issues that arise during inspection.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
quality of the inspection and of the accepted products. The
inspecting company may not deviate from any requirement
2.3  Inspection Programs in DS-1 BITS without prior approval from the customer.

The inspection program is set by the customer and


performed by the inspection company, service company, 2.6  Specifying Applicable Methods
or manufacturer. An inspection program consists of three
The customer may select any applicable set of methods from
elements:
Table 2.1. However, to simplify the customer’s choices and
2.3.1  Equipment List at the same time allow him or her to tailor the inspection
The customer must provide a complete list of the equipment program to the risks of the application, seven methods with
to be inspected. The list must include the number of bits unique acceptance criteria are established. These methods
and a complete and accurate description of each bit. are described in more detail below.

2.3.2  Methods to be Employed 2.6.1  Bit Body 1 Inspection


The customer must provide precise guidelines on which of The Bit Body 1 Inspection method may be employed when
the available inspection methods are to be used to inspect inspecting a used bit. This method may not be employed
each bit. This is accomplished by selecting a body inspection when inspecting a new bit.
method and a cutter inspection method as well as which
2.6.2  Bit Body 2 Inspection
inspection methods are required for the connection (if
The Bit Body 2 Inspection method is required when
applicable). The customer may select any combination of
inspecting a new bit. This method may also be employed
body inspection methods, cutter inspection methods, and
when inspecting a used bit. This is particularly desirable
connection inspection methods.
in complicated or expensive drilling situations, such as for
offshore operations.

5
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

2.6.3  Cutter 1 Inspection 2.7  Setting Acceptance Criteria


The Cutter 1 Inspection method may be employed when
inspecting a used bit. This method may not be employed The acceptance criteria for each inspection method are
when inspecting a new bit. included within the inspection method.

2.6.4  Cutter 2 Inspection


The Cutter 2 Inspection method is required when 2.8  Inspection Using Metric Units
inspecting a new bit. This method may also be employed
If measuring instruments with U. S. customary units are not
when inspecting a used bit. This is particularly desirable
available for use during inspection, measuring instruments
in complicated or expensive drilling situations, such as for
with metric units can be used provided the calibration,
offshore operations.
standardization, and all other applicable requirements
2.6.5  Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection are met. The dimensions obtained shall be converted to
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

The Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection method may be the appropriate U. S. customary units using Table 2.3 to
employed when inspecting a used reamer cutting structure. determine acceptance of a component. The dimensional
This method may not be employed when inspecting a new requirements and tolerances for verification of inspection
cutting structure. apparatuses are also allowed to be measured using metric
units and converted to the appropriate U. S. customary
2.6.6  Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection units. A reference table for conversion of fractions into
The Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection method is required equivalent decimal numbers is provided as Table 2.4.
when inspecting a new reamer cutting structure. This
method may also be employed when inspecting a used
component. This is desirable in complex or expensive 2.9  Essential Objectives of Inspection
drilling situations, such as for offshore operations.
The technical details of bit inspection processes may seem
2.6.7  Roller Cone Inspection daunting to someone not familiar with the technology.
The Roller Cone Inspection method is required for both Thus, it’s very helpful to reduce the inspection to its
new and used roller cone bits. essential objective. In most cases, the objective is to remove

Table 2.1 Recommended Inspection Programs for Bits

Service Category
Component Level 1 Level 2
All Bits Visual Bit Connection Visual Bit Connection
(Fixed Cutter & Roller Cone) Dimensional Bit Connection Dimensional Bit Connection
Blacklight Connection Blacklight Connection
Fixed Cutter Bits Note 1
General Bit General Bit
Bit Body 1 Bit Body 2
Liquid Penetrant Liquid Penetrant
Cutter 1 Cutter 2
Roller Cone Bits Roller Cone General Bit Roller Cone General Bit
Roller Cone Roller Cone
Reamer Cutting Structures General Reamer Cutter General Reamer Cutter
Reamer Block & Arm 1 Reamer Block & Arm 2
Liquid Penetrant Liquid Penetrant
Cutter 1 or Roller Cone (as applicable) Cutter 2 or Roller Cone (as applicable)
Note 1: Level 2 is required for all diamond bits.

6
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

components that have cracks and remove components that the acceptance criteria the inspector will use to accept or
are damaged and will not function as intended. reject each bit.

2.10  Inspection Costs 2.13  Fitness for Purpose


The inspection costs may not vary significantly between Historically, bit inspections have been performed primarily
different inspection methods, since all methods require by the manufacturers, each with different procedures and
the same procedures to examine the bits. However, acceptance criteria. DS-1 BITS is intended to standardize
the procurement cost of a bit that is acceptable per the bit inspections so that manufacturers, service companies,
requirements in the Bit Body 2 Inspection method will and inspection companies can effectively perform these
be higher than that of a bit that is acceptable per the inspections. The inspection methods have been created
requirements in the Bit Body 1 Inspection method. This based upon collaboration between the DS-1 sponsor
same relationship exists between cutters qualified to the group, bit manufacturing companies, and operators. Thus,
Cutter 2 Inspection method versus the Cutter 1 Inspection the inspection methods are established to be realistic
method. and effective to ensure that bits are properly inspected,
regardless of the party inspecting them.
2.11  Limitations of the Guidelines in
this Standard 2.14  Adjusting Acceptance Criteria
The inspection methods included in this standard cover Although it is not recommended, the customer may adjust
most drilling applications. However, the user is cautioned the acceptance criteria as he or she deems appropriate. The
that special material selection, inspection, and quality inspection company cannot adjust the acceptance criteria
assurance programs that are beyond the scope of this without explicit permission from the customer.
standard may be required for very deep, very high pressure,
or sour wells. 2.15  Personnel Competency
The training, skill, and knowledge of the people performing
2.12  Definitions the inspection work covered by this standard is a critical
The following definitions apply throughout this standard. factor in the likelihood of success. As such, every process
performed under the guidance of this standard shall be
Acceptance Criteria: A set of attributes, each of which performed by a competent individual.
must be met or exceeded for an inspected bit to be
acceptable. 2.15.1  Competency Standard
The inspection company shall develop a written Competency
Customer: The entity on whose behalf the inspection is Standard, and a competent individual is someone who can
being conducted. demonstrate competency according to the written standard.
The Competency Standard shall include:
Inspection: Examining a bit in accordance with the
requirements in DS-1 BITS to determine whether or not • Skills: A list of skills that individuals will need for
a bit is acceptable based on which inspection methods are a given inspection task.
employed.
• Training: A classroom training program that
Inspection Method: Different processes for inspection imparts whatever knowledge is necessary for
that are included in DS-1 BITS. performing every listed skill to the individual.
The training program shall document the training
Inspection Procedure: A set of written steps found in
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

provided to each individual as well as the results


DS-1 BITS that must be followed by the inspector. Each of the testing provided to prove the individual has
inspection method includes an inspection procedure. been successfully trained in each skill.
Inspection Program: A set of one or more inspection • Experience: Work that must be done to practice
methods applied to a specified amount of bits, and also the skills needed under the supervision of a trainer

7
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

or instructor prior to the individual being certified • The skill has not been performed in over one year
as competent.
• The person changes employers
• Assessment: Provision for the individual to prove
their ability to perform each skill. The assessment • At a minimum, every 5 years
of each individual shall be performed by an For individuals performing inspection tasks, the Near
assessor designated by the inspection company and Vision Acuity test described in 2.15.2 shall be given
the results of the assessment documented. annually, at a minimum.
2.15.2  Vision Requirements 2.15.5  Records
As a part of the Competency Standard, every individual The inspection company shall maintain the following
performing inspection tasks in accordance with this records for all inspectors:
standard shall meet the following requirements for visual
acuity and color contrast: • Qualification Certificates as described in 2.15.3.
• Near Vision Acuity: Inspectors shall demonstrate • Examination Records including examinations, grades,
the ability in at least one eye to read a minimum of and vision examinations.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Jaeger Number 2 or equivalent type and size letter


at twelve inches or greater distance on a standard The records for each inspector shall be maintained for the
Jaeger test chart. This test shall be given annually. duration of the inspector’s employment with the company.

• Color Contrast: Inspectors shall demonstrate the 2.15.6  Customer Access


ability to distinguish and differentiate contrast The customer or its authorized representative shall have
among colors used in the inspection methods access to the Competency Standard and all associated
to be performed. This test shall be given at each records for audit purposes. However, the Competency
certification interval. Standard is to be considered intellectual property and may
not be copied or removed from the premises. Copies of the
2.15.3  Qualification Certificates qualification certificates for each individual involved in
Every person performing an inspection in accordance with the inspection of a tool provided to the customer may be
this standard shall be able to demonstrate competency in retained by the customer or its authorized representative
the skills required according to the written Competency if desired.
Standard. Upon demonstrating this competency, the
inspection company shall create a Qualification Certificate
as a record that the individual has met the applicable 2.16  Calibration Requirements
competency requirements. Each Qualification Certificate Instruments that are used to measure important parameters
shall include: during inspection shall be calibrated using standards
• The individual’s name traceable to the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST) or equivalent body. Unless otherwise
• The skill or skills for which the individual has indicated in this standard, the calibration frequency for all
demonstrated competency instruments shall be every six months.

• The signature of the Assessor that assessed the The calibrated instrument shall have a tag or sticker affixed
competency of the individual to it that shows the latest calibration date and the company
and individual that performed the most recent calibration.
• The date when the certificate was awarded If the tag or sticker is not present, the instrument’s unique
• The date of expiration of the certificate identification number shall be traceable to proof-of-
calibration documents. The calibration of an instrument
2.15.4  Reassessment must be verifiable at the point of use.
A person must be reassessed for competency whenever any
of the following occurs: A summary of the instrument calibrations required by this
standard is given in Table 2.2.

8
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 2.2 Calibration Frequency Moyer and Dale evaluated the probability that inspection
companies would find cracks in drill collar connections. The
Calibration
Instrument References acceptance criteria allow no fatigue cracks in connections,
Frequency
no matter how small, so the test provided a good measure
Internal 6 months 3.1.4 of commercial blacklight inspection. The result is shown
Micrometer
in Figure 2.1. The test subjects had about a one in four
White Light 6 months 3.1.4, 3.12.2, chance of finding small cracks. Their chance of finding
Intensity Meter 3.14.2, 3.15.2
cracks increased to eight to nine in ten when the cracks
Lead Gage 6 months 3.12.2 were very large.
Pressure Gauge 6 months 3.16.2
Standard Lead 1 year 3.12.2
Template 2.19  Procedure Affects Results
Profile Gage 3 years 3.12.2, 3.13.2 An interesting twist to the data in Figure 2.1 is this: The
Angle Gage 3 years 3.12.2 investigators used the same technique they were studying,
Blacklight 6 months 3.14.2, 3.15.2 blacklight inspection, to establish the existence of a crack,
Intensity Meter against which they evaluated commercial inspections. The
investigators, however, examined the connections using the
best available practices and under no production pressure.
2.17  Meeting Requirements of So Figure 2.1 does not evaluate the absolute quality of
commercial blacklight inspection for finding cracks. In
Standard DS-1, Fifth Edition, Volume 3, reality, it compares the relative quality of commercial
Category 3-5 blacklight inspection done at the time (data points) against
blacklight inspection done properly by the investigators.
DS-1 Volume 5 covers inspection requirements for new
Stated another way, the blacklight practices used by the
and used drilling bits. DS-1 Volume 3 does not cover
investigators were 10-20% more likely to find very large
the inspection of bits, but the requirements therein are
cracks and four hundred percent more likely to find very
sometimes applied to the bit connections. However,
small cracks than the commercial subjects. This “procedure
since Volume 3 is used to cover other non-specialty tools,
sensitivity” is present in all nondestructive inspection. It is
vendors may be requested by their customers to follow the
the reason mandatory inspection procedure control steps
requirements specified in Volume 3 for Category 3-5 for
are included in DS-1 BITS. Reference 1 also discusses
these tools. In this event, the vendor shall meet this request
the degree of “control” for an inspection process. This is
by following the requirements specified in this volume for
the Level 2 service category.
100

2.18  The Inspection Procedure is


Probability of Rejection (%)

Critical 80

The designer and his organization have much at stake in 60


whether or not the inspector accurately sorts the bits being
inspected. How well the inspector does his or her job will
depend in large part on what procedure is followed during 40

the inspection. Procedure sensitivity was well illustrated


in a landmark study by Moyer and Dale1. These men used 20
commercial inspection companies to examine several pieces
of drill pipe and drill collars that were in various states of
0
wear and fatigue. They did not materially interfere with 0 2 4 6 8 10
the inspectors, but simply recorded their findings and Crack Length (inches)
plotted the probability that the inspectors would find Figure 2.1 Probability of detecting a drill collar connection
the flaws they knew existed. In one facet of the study, fatigue crack as a function of crack size. (from Reference 1)

Crack Length (inches)


Figure 2.5 Probability of detecting a drill collar
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
9
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
connection fatigue crack as a function of crack size. (from
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Reference 1)
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

100
Bad Material
illustrated in Figure 2.2. The acceptance criteria demanded,
Accepted expressed in flaw size, is shown by the heavy black line.
However, a real-world inspection will not be able to attain
Probability of Rejection (%)

the ideal. Because of inspection uncertainty, some good


material will be rejected, and some bad material accepted.
Figure 2.2 (center) shows a real inspection sort that was run
with a well-controlled procedure like the investigators in
Reference 1 used. A well-controlled inspection procedure
can provide results that approximate (but can never
Good Material Rejected
match) the theoretical sort demanded by the acceptance
THEORETICAL SORT criteria. As procedure control deteriorates, the results move
ACTUAL SORT further away from ideal, resulting in more acceptance of
substandard material, and a higher probability of downhole
0 problems. This reality is especially problematic in drill
Small
Flaw Size Large string inspection, where inspections are priced on a “piece
Acceptable Not Acceptable
work” basis and often competitively bid by customers who
100 may have little understanding of what they’re purchasing.
No matter how well qualified and motivated an inspection
Controlled Sort organization may be, these market pressures leave them
Probability of Rejection (%)

no alternative but to “hurry” in order to make money. The


resulting loss of procedure control, and the detrimental
results on inspection quality, far outweigh the few dollars
Cracked the customer saves on inspection cost. Customers who
Connections
Accepted focus only on minimizing inspection costs do not allow the
inspection organization time to do a good job and still make
money. Such customers are subverting their own interest,
Uncracked Connections Rejected and share in the blame if the quality of the inspection they
receive does not meet their expectations.

0
0 Crack Length (in) 10
2.20  Frequently Asked Questions
100
DS-1 has become widely accepted as the standard for
inspecting drill string components including cutting bits.
Cracked
Connections Several questions are commonly asked about using the
Probability of Rejection (%)

Accepted
standard. These questions are answered here:
Poorly Controlled
Sort
Q: “How is Standard DS-1 BITS different from DS-1
Volume 3 and Volume 4 inspections?”

A: The Fifth Edition of Volume 3 of the standard covers


inspection of used normal weight drill pipe, HWDP, drill
collars, pup joints, API and similar rotary-shouldered
connections, a number of proprietary connections, kellys,
subs, stabilizers, and thick-walled drill pipe. Inspection
and qualification of drilling and completion specialty
0
0 10
tools like mud motors, jar, MWD/LWD, frac sleeves,
Crack Length (in) SSSV, etc is covered by Standard DS-1 Volume 4, Fifth
FigureFigure 2.6 inspection
2.2 Real Real inspection
can can
nevernever attain
attain the the ideal
ideal sort de- Edition. Standard DS-1 BITS covers the inspection and
mandedsortby
demanded by the acceptance
the acceptance criteria(top).
criteria in effect in effect (top). a well
However,
However, a well controlled inspection procedure (center) qualification of new and used drilling bits.
controlled inspection procedure (center) more closely approxi-
more closely approximates the ideal than a poorly
matescontrolled
the idealprocedure
than a poorly controlled procedure (bottom).
(bottom).

10 --`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
11
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Q: “My company orders inspection of generic non- of the entire lot of components, and unless you have zero
specialty BHA components to Standard DS-1 reject rate in your sample, you cannot be fully confident
Volume 3, Category 3-5. Can I continue to use DS-1 that every single component in the unchecked portion is
Volume 3, Fifth Edition Category 3-5 for inspection acceptable. In a nutshell, if you need to do an inspection at
of drilling bits?” all, you should apply it to all of the planned drilling bits. If
you need to reduce inspection costs in low-risk situations,
A: No. Standard DS-1 Volume 3, Fifth Edition does not you might consider dropping to a lower inspection level.
cover inspection and qualification of drilling bits. Standard
DS-1 BITS covers inspection requirements for new and Q: “Under what conditions could spot sampling be
used drilling bits. However, since Standard DS-1, Fifth considered good practice?”
Edition, Volume 3 is used to cover other non-specialty
tools, vendors may be erroneously requested by their A: Spot sampling is useful if you wish to get a general feel
customers to follow requirements specified in Standard for the condition of a lot of drilling bits, without qualifying
DS-1, Fifth Edition, Volume 3, Category 3-5 for inspecting every individual piece. For example, if you were concerned
and qualifying drilling bits. In this event, the vendor shall about the general condition of available drilling bits, you
might use spot checking to decide whether to proceed
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

meet this request by following the requirements specified


in this standard for Level 2 service category. with inspecting that lot or to look for an entirely different
lot of drilling bits.
Q: “How do I order inspection under DS-1?”
Q: “All dimensions for procedural requirements and
A: How to order inspection service is covered in detail acceptance criteria in DS-1 Volume 3 are listed in
earlier in this chapter. U. S. customary units. Am I allowed to perform an
inspection using measuring instruments with metric
Q: “My company has standardized on DS-1 Level 2 units?”
inspection program for all drilling bits. Are we doing
the right thing?” A: Yes. Dimensions used to verify procedural requirements
(i.e. field reference standards) and to determine the
A: It depends on the severity of the application and cost of acceptance of components are allowed to be measured
failure. The cost of a Level 2 inspection is higher than that using metric units and converted to the appropriate U. S.
of Level 1 inspection program. Level 2 inspection program customary units. The conversion factors that shall be used
is intended for inspection of new drilling bits, whereas are listed in Table 2.3. See paragraph 2.8 for details.
Level 1 inspection program is intended for inspection
of used drilling bits. However, if the application involves
complicated or expensive drilling situations with extremely 2.21  References
adverse conditions where the potential cost of a failure is
very large, then inspection to Level 2 inspection program 1. Moyer, M.C., and Dale, B.A., “Sensitivity and
may be appropriate. Reliability of Commercial Drillstring Inspection
Services,” SPE 17661, Presented at the 1988 Offshore
Q: “I would like to qualify my drilling bits by checking Southeast Asia Technology Conference, Singapore,
a sample. What percent of the drilling bits that I Feb 2-5.
plan to use must I inspect to be sure that it is all
acceptable?” 2. Taylor, Barry N., & Thompson, Ambler. Guide for the
Use of the International System of Units (SI) (Special
A: You should not inspect your drilling bits by checking a Publication 811, 2008 ed.). Gaithersburg, MD:
sample. Unless the sample you choose is truly representative National Institute of Standards and Technology, 2008.

11
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.

T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
12

Table 2.3 Conversion Factors for Inspection


Attribute Multiply SI Unit ByNote1 To Obtain US Customary Unit
Diameter/Thickness millimeters (mm) 0.03937008 inch (in)
Length meters (m) 3.280840 foot (ft)
Pressure/Strength megapascal (MPa) 145.0377 pound per square inch (psi)
Torque newton-meter (N-m) 0.7375621 foot-pound (ft-lb)
Temperature Celsius (°C) °C = (°F − 32) × 5⁄9 Farenheit (°F)
Magnetic Field tesla (T) 104
gauss (G)

T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Energy joule (J) 0.7375621 foot-pound (ft-lb)
Illuminance lux (lx) 0.09290304 foot-candle (fc)
Force/Load newton (N) 0.2248089 pound force(lbf)
Mass kilogram (kg) 2.204622 pound (lbm)
Speed meter per second (m/s) 3.280840 feet per second (fps)
Density kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m³) 0.008345406 pounds per gallon (lbm/gal or ppg)
Volume liter (L) 0.2641720 gallon (gal)
Mass per unit length kilogram per meter (kg/m) 0.6719688 pound per foot (ppf)
Area square meter (m2) 1550.003 square inch (in2)
Rotary Speed radians per second (rad/s) 9.549297 revolutions per minute (rpm)
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi

Attribute Multiply US Customary Unit ByNote1 To Obtain SI Unit


Diameter/Thickness inch (in) 25.4 millimeters (mm)
Length foot (ft) 0.3048 meters (m)
Pressure/Strength pound per square inch (psi) 0.006894757 megapascal (MPa)
Torque foot-pound (ft-lb) 1.355818 newton-meter (N-m)
Temperature Fahrenheit (°F) °F = °C × 9⁄5 + 32 Celsius (°C)
Magnetic Field gauss (G) 10 -4
tesla (T)
Energy foot-pound (ft-lb) 1.355818 joules(J)
Illuminance foot-candle (fc) 10.76391 lux (lx)
Force/Load pound force(lbf) 4.448222 newton (N)
Mass pound (lbm) 0.4535924 kilogram (kg)
Speed feet per second (fps) 0.3048 meter per second (m/s)
Density pounds per gallon (lbm/gal or ppg) 119.8264 kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m³)
Volume gallon (gal) 3.785412 liter (L)
Mass per unit length pound per foot (ppf) 1.488164 kilogram per meter (kg/m)
Area square inch (in2) 0.00064516 square meter (m2)
Rotary Speed revolutions per minute (rpm) 0.1047198 radians per second (rad/s)
Note 1: All conversion factors in the table above are in accordance to reference 2.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 2.4 Table of Fractions


Equivalent Sixty-fourths Thirty-seconds Sixteenths Eighths Fourths Halves
Decimal 1/64 1/32 1/16 1/8 1/4 1/2
0.01563 1/64
0.03125 2/64 1/32
0.04688 3/64

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
0.06250 4/64 2/32 1/16
0.07813 5/64
0.09375 6/64 3/32
0.10938 7/64
0.12500 8/64 4/32 2/16 1/8
0.14063 9/64
0.15625 10/64 5/32
0.17188 11/64
0.18750 12/64 6/32 3/16
0.20313 13/64
0.21875 14/64 7/32
0.23438 15/64
0.25000 16/64 8/32 4/16 2/8 1/4
0.26563 17/64
0.28125 18/64 9/32
0.29688 19/64
0.31250 20/64 10/32 5/16
0.32813 21/64
0.34375 22/64 11/32
0.35938 23/64
0.37500 24/64 12/32 6/16 3/8
0.39063 25/64
0.40625 26/64 13/32
0.42188 27/64
0.43750 28/64 14/32 7/16
0.45313 29/64
0.46875 30/64 15/32
0.48438 31/64
0.50000 32/64 16/32 8/16 4/8 2/4 1/2
0.51563 33/64
0.53125 34/64 17/32
0.54688 35/64
0.56250 36/64 18/32 9/16
0.57813 37/64
0.59375 38/64 19/32
0.60938 39/64
0.62500 40/64 20/32 10/16 5/8
0.64063 41/64
0.65625 42/64 21/32
0.67188 43/64
0.68750 44/64 22/32 11/16
0.70313 45/64
0.71875 46/64 23/32
0.73438 47/64
0.75000 48/64 24/32 12/16 6/8 3/4
0.76563 49/64
0.78125 50/64 25/32
0.79688 51/64
0.81250 52/64 26/32 13/16
0.82813 53/64
0.84375 54/64 27/32
0.85938 55/64
0.87500 56/64 28/32 14/16 7/8
0.89063 57/64
0.90625 58/64 29/32
0.92188 59/64
0.93750 60/64 30/32 15/16
0.95313 61/64
0.96875 62/64 31/32
0.98438 63/64
1.00000 64/64 32/32 16/16 8/8 4/4 2/2

13
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

This page intentionally left blank.


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

14
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

3.  Inspection Procedures table with a protruding geometry, or a diamond table


with a geometry other than a cylinder. An example
of a cutter with non-standard geometry is shown in
3.1  General Bit Inspection Figure 3.1.2.5.
3.1.1  Scope d. Pockets: Pockets are the portions of a blade that
This procedure covers the inspection of new and used contain the cutters.
drilling bits, including bit connections and the bit bodies.
The types of bits covered by this procedure are defined in e. Depth of Cut Management Element: A depth of cut
section 3.1.3. This procedure does not cover the inspection management element is either part of the bit body
of roller cone bits, hybrid bits, or hammer bits. Roller cone or consists of carbide or diamond. Each element may
bits are covered in this standard in procedure 3.9. protrude from the blades near the cutters in its own
pocket or may be part of the top of the blade that
3.1.2  Parts of Bits is designed to contact the formation at a specified
The following definitions will apply to the various parts of penetration per revolution. An example of a depth of
bits. All of the figures feature a Polycrystalline Diamond cut management element is shown in Figure 3.1.2.5.
Compact (PDC) bit for illustration purposes. The defini-
tions of different types of bits are covered in section 3.1.3. f. Cone: The cone consists of the essentially horizontal
portion of a blade closest to the center of the bit body.
a. Blades: The blades are protrusions from the bit body This is pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.6.
that contain the cutters. Primary blades run all the
way to the center of the bit body, while secondary g. Nose: The nose consists of the nearly horizontal
blades do not run all the way to the center of the bit portion of a blade between the cone and the shoulder.
body. The leading side faces the same direction as This is pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.6.
the faces of most of the cutters. The trailing side of a
h. Shoulder: The shoulder consists of the portion of a
blade faces opposite the faces of most of the cutters.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
blade between the nose and the OD that is oriented
The top of a blade is the portion farthest from the
at approximately 45 degrees. This is pointed out in
pin nose. These various areas of the bit are pointed
Figure 3.1.2.6.
out in Figures 3.1.2.1 and 3.1.2.2.
i. OD and OD Area: The OD is the Outer Diameter
b. Junk Slots: The junk slots are the areas between two
of the bit body. The OD area consists of the nearly
blades on the bit body. This is pointed out in Figure
vertical portion of a blade between the gauge area
3.1.2.3.

c. Cutters: Cutters shear or fracture the formation


and consist of PDC material that does the
shearing or fracturing and a substrate that
supports the PDC material. Primary cutters
are those which have faces that are often
parallel to the leading side of a blade. Secondary
cutters may be on the top of the blade and
are effectively behind the primary cutters.
Examples of primary cutters and secondary
cutters are pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.1. Each
cutter consists of a substrate, which is typically
tungsten carbide, and a diamond table, both of
which are pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.4. The
diamond table is exposed and shears or fractures
the formation, while the substrate contains the
diamond table and is mostly concealed by the bit
body. Cutters may also have a conical diamond Figure 3.1.2.1 Rendering of a bit body, showing the locations of the
table, a rotating diamond table, a diamond blades, cutters, and a nozzle.

15
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

and the shoulder. This is pointed out in Figure


3.1.2.6.

j. Gauge Pads and Gauge Area: Gauge pads


consist of the essentially vertical protrusions
adjacent to the blades that run to the shank.
They are pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.3. The
gauge pads may feature a nominal, straight-
relieved, step, or taper design or a combination
of these. Examples of each of these designs
are included in Figure 3.1.2.7. The gauge area
consists of anything below the OD (closer
to the connection) on the bit body. This is
pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.6.

k. Wear Elements: Wear elements are located Figure 3.1.2.2 Rendering of a bit body, showing the locations of the
in the gauge pads, and are pointed out in leading side, trailing side, and top of a blade.
Figure 3.1.2.8.

l. Nozzles: Nozzles are threaded portholes


with O-ring seals from which fluid is
projected. Examples of nozzles are pointed
out in Figures 3.1.2.1 and 3.1.2.9.

m. Shank: The shank is the area between the bit


connection and the gauge pads and junk slots
that includes the breaker slot. This is pointed
out in Figure 3.1.2.3.

n. Breaker Slot: The breaker slot is similar to a


mill slot on a tool joint. It consists of a groove
that has been machined to allow for the
gripping of the bit when making up the bit
connection in the field as well as for stampings
to exist in a known location. This is pointed
out in Figure 3.1.2.3. Figure 3.1.2.3 Rendering of a bit body, showing the gauge pad, junk
slot, shank, and breaker slot.
o. Bond Line: When the bit connection is
welded to the bit body, a bond line may exist
at the interface. When inspected, the bond
line should appear perfectly transverse and
linear. An example of a bond line is pointed
out in Figure 3.1.2.8.

p. Base Metal: The base metal consists of the


portion of a steel bit body that was originally
manufactured and should not be modified
or removed.

q. Hardfacing: Hardfacing consists of metal


deposited on the base metal by welding or
brazing, used to build-up the bit body. Figure 3.1.2.4 Rendering of a cutter, showing the substrate and the
diamond table.

16
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Figure 3.1.2.5 Rendering of a blade


with a cutter featuring a non-standard
diamond table geometry and a depth
of cut management element.

Figure 3.1.2.6 Rendering of a blade, showing


various areas on the blade.

Figure 3.1.2.7 Renderings of gauge pads with nominal, straight-relieved, step, and taper designs.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
17
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

typically shear or fracture the formation during


drilling operations.

b. Polycrystalline Diamond Compact Bits: PDC bits


are fixed cutter bits that use PDC cutters to shear the
formation. A PDC bit may have a matrix body or a
steel body. An example of a PDC bit can be seen in
Figure 3.1.2.1.

c. Matrix Body: If a bit body is comprised of composite


material such as tungsten carbide with a binder alloy,
then it is described as having a matrix body.

d. Steel Body: If a bit body is comprised of steel, then


it is described as having a steel body.

e. Through-Bits for Logging: Through-bits are fixed


cutter bits which feature a central through-hole that
can be used to place a logging tool or to pass a logging
tool through the bit. A through-bit may have a matrix
body or a steel body. An example of a through-bit can
be seen in Figure 3.1.3.1.
Figure 3.1.2.8 Example of a bit, showing the wear
f. Coring Bits: Like through-bits, coring bits are fixed
elements and the bond line.
cutter bits which feature a central through-hole
that can be used to collect core samples from the
r. Backreamer: A backreamer is a cutter that is located
formation. A coring bit may have a matrix body or
in the gauge area of a blade closer to the connection
a steel body.
than any other cutters and is typically near the edge
of the gauge area. Backreamers are used to ream the g. Casing While Drilling Bits: Using a top drive casing
hole in tight locations while pulling the bit out of the running tool, casing can be set while drilling opera-
hole. An example of a backreamer is pointed out in tions occur by connecting the drilling bit to the casing
Figure 3.1.2.9. directly. For these operations, a Casing While Drilling
(CWD) bit is used. A CWD bit typically has a body
s. Root Radius: The root
radius consists of the fillet
that is present at the inter-
section of any protrusion,
such as a blade or gauge
pad, and the bit body.

3.1.3  Types of Bits


The following definitions will
apply to the various types of
bits. All of the parts shown
in the figures are defined in
section 3.1.2.

a. Fixed Cutter Bits: Fixed Nozzle


cutter bits are drilling bits
that generally have no
moving parts but contain
cutters or inserts that Figure 3.1.2.9 Rendering of a bit body, showing a backreamer.

18
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

comprised of steel, aluminum, or a bronze alloy. An j. Thermally Stable Polycrystalline Bits: Thermally
example of a CWD bit can be seen in Figure 3.1.3.2. Stable Polycrystalline (TSP) bits contain synthetic
diamond inserts set into the surface of a matrix body.
h. Diamond Bits: Diamond bits are fixed cutter bits that
have diamond inserts impregnated into the bit body. k. Bi-Center Bits: Bi-center bits are fixed cutter bits
Diamond bits consist of a matrix body and may have that feature a pilot section and a reamer section. The
a steel sleeve. An example of a diamond bit can be pilot section is similar to a typical PDC bit, while the
seen in Figure 3.1.3.3. reamer section consists of primary blades and cutters
that are on only one side of the bit. A bi-center bit
i. Natural Diamond Bits: Natural diamond bits contain may have a matrix body or a steel body. An example
naturally occurring diamond inserts set into the of a bi-center bit can be seen in Figure 3.1.3.4.
surface of a matrix body.

Figure 3.1.3.1 Rendering of a through-bit, showing various Figure 3.1.3.2 Rendering of a CWD bit, showing various
parts of the bit. parts of the bit.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.1.3.3 Rendering of a diamond bit, showing Figure 3.1.3.4 Rendering of a bi-center bit, showing various parts
various parts of the bit. of the bit.

19
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

3.1.4  Inspection Apparatus visual connection inspection requirements will apply.


A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments, If the bit has a proprietary connection not covered
a calibrated white light intensity meter, a calibrated “go” by this standard, the connection manufacturer’s visual
ring gauge, a calibrated “no-go” ring gauge, and a calibrated inspection requirements shall apply.
internal micrometer are required. For calibration require-
ments, see section 2.16. b. The entire bit body shall be visually inspected. Cracks
and other damages shall be evaluated using the
3.1.5  Preparation acceptance criteria in either section 3.2 Bit Body 1
a. Each bit shall be uniquely serialized, with a legible Inspection or section 3.3 Bit Body 2 Inspection, as
stamping included in the breaker slot (if present) or applicable.
other acceptable area. If the serial number is illegible,
the bit shall be rejected. c. Each cutter shall be visually inspected. Cracks and
other damages shall be evaluated using the acceptance
b. The bit connection shall be clean so that no scale, criteria in section 3.4 Cutter 1 Inspection or section
mud, or lubricant can be wiped from the thread or 3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection, as applicable.
shoulder surfaces with a clean rag.
d. The bit connection is not required to have a Stress
c. The bit body shall be free of paint and shall be clean Relief Feature (SRF), such as a Stress Relief Groove
so that the surface is visible and no surface particles (SRG), regardless of its size and connection type
larger than 1/8 inch in any dimension can be broken unless requested by the customer. If SRFs are present,
loose with a fingernail. they shall be evaluated in accordance with section 3.12
Visual Bit Connection Inspection.
d. The minimum illumination level at the inspection
surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The white light in- 3.1.6.2 Dimensional Inspection
tensity level at the inspection surface shall be verified: a. Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection: Inspect
• At the start of each inspection; the bit connection in accordance with section 3.13
Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection, unless it
• When light fixtures change positions or intensity; is a CWD bit or a diamond bit. A CWD bit will
have a connection that is compatible with casing.
• When there is a change in relative position of the The dimensional inspection of this connection is not
inspected surface with respect to the light fixture; covered by this standard. A diamond bit may not

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
• When requested by the customer or a designated feature a connection. If this is the case, no dimensional
representative; and connection inspection requirements will apply.

• Upon completion of the inspection. b. Ring Gauging: Check the bit diameter of a fixed cut-
ter bit by using “go” and “no-go” gauges. For accurate
These requirements do not apply to direct sunlight measurement, the temperature of the “go” and “no-go”
conditions. If adjustments are required to the white gauges shall be within 20 degrees Fahrenheit of the
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all bit shank after being stabilized for at least 30 minutes.
components inspected since the last white light The “go” and “no-go” gauges shall be fabricated from 1
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected. inch steel and shall have an OD equal to the nominal
bit size plus at minimum 1-1/2 inches. The IDs of
3.1.6  Applicable Inspection Procedures the gauges shall be the:
3.1.6.1 Visual Inspection
a. Visual Connection Inspection: Inspect the bit con- • Nominal bit size +0.002 inch (clearance) with a
nection in accordance with section 3.12 Visual Bit tolerance of +0.003 inch, -0 inches for the “go”
Connection Inspection, unless it is a CWD bit or a gauge; and
diamond bit. A CWD bit will have a connection that • Minimum bit size (as defined by API Spec 7-1
is compatible with casing. The visual inspection of this or the manufacturer’s requirements) -0.002 inch
connection is not covered by this standard. A diamond (interference) with a tolerance of +0 inches, -0.003
bit may not feature a connection. If this is the case, no inch for the “no-go” gauge.

20
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

The IDs of the ring gauges shall be verified using the propagating between pockets are shown in Table
internal micrometer. The “go” gauge shall be carefully 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.1 – 3.2.2.1.4.
applied over the length of the bit with a force which
does not exceed the weight of the ring gauge. For b. For bits with a gauge OD greater than or equal to 10
acceptance, the “go” gauge shall pass smoothly over inches, no more than one crack propagating between
the bit and the bit shall not pass through the “no-go” no more than two pockets is acceptable in the gauge,
gauge. OD, cone, and shoulder areas of a single blade. Any
cracks propagating between pockets on the nose
c. The bit connection is not required to have an SRF, are cause for rejection. Examples of acceptable and
such as an SRG, regardless of its size and connection rejectable cracks propagating between pockets are
type unless requested by the customer. If SRFs are shown in Table 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.5 – 3.2.2.1.8.
present, they shall be evaluated in accordance with
section 3.13 Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection. c. Cracks propagating from any pocket that are only
present on the top portion of any blade and do not
3.1.6.3 Blacklight Connection Inspection propagate onto the leading side or trailing side of that
Inspect the bit connection in accordance with section blade are acceptable. Any crack propagating onto the
3.14 Blacklight Connection Inspection (MPI). Any trailing side of a single blade is cause for rejection.
cracks in the threads are cause for rejection. Grinding to Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks are
remove cracks is not permitted. Cracks and other indica- shown in Table 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.9 – 3.2.2.1.14.
tions in a location past the interface between the threads d. Any crack on the leading side of a single blade that
and the bit body shall be evaluated using the acceptance exceeds 3/8 inch in any major direction is cause for
criteria in either section 3.2 Bit Body 1 Inspection or rejection. Any crack that propagates from the leading
section 3.3 Bit Body 2 Inspection, as applicable. side of any blade into the root radius or the adjacent
junk slot is cause for rejection. Only one crack on the
3.1.6.4 Liquid Penetrant Inspection leading side of a single blade that is no more than 3/8
Inspect the entire bit body in accordance with section inch in every major direction and does not propagate
3.15 Liquid Penetrant Inspection. Cracks and other

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
into the root radius or the adjacent junk slot is accept-
damages shall be evaluated using the acceptance criteria able. Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks are
in either section 3.2 Bit Body 1 Inspection or section shown in Table 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.15 – 3.2.2.1.22.
3.3 Bit Body 2 Inspection. If liquid penetrant is used
to inspect cutters, cracks and other damages shall be e. Any crack that only exists in a junk slot that exceeds
evaluated using the acceptance criteria in section 3.4 3/8 inch in any major direction is cause for rejection.
Cutter 1 Inspection or section 3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection, Any crack that exists in a junk slot that is within 1 inch
as applicable. of any other crack is cause for rejection. Any crack
that propagates into any nozzle threads is cause for
rejection. In order for a crack that exists only in a junk
3.2  Bit Body 1 Inspection slot to be acceptable, it shall not be greater than 3/8
3.2.1  Scope inch in every major direction and shall not be within
Visual inspection and Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI) 1 inch of any other crack and shall not propagate
techniques shall be used to examine the body of a used bit. into any nozzle threads. Examples of acceptable and
rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.2.2, Figures
3.2.2  Cracks and Porosity in Matrix Bit Body 3.2.2.1.23 – 3.2.2.1.31.
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades, Junk Slots, and Nozzles f. If a conical cutter is present at the center of the bit,
a. For bits with a gauge OD less than 10 inches, no more then no more than one crack propagating from the
than one crack propagating between no more than pocket of that cutter is acceptable if the crack does not
two pockets is acceptable in the gauge and OD areas exceed 3/8 inch in every major direction and is not
of a single blade. Any cracks propagating between within 1 inch of any other crack and does not extend
pockets on the cone, nose, or shoulder are cause for into any nozzle threads. Examples of acceptable and
rejection. Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks rejectable cracks propagating from the pocket of a

21
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

conical cutter at the center of the bit are shown in 3.2.3  Cracks and Porosity in Steel Bit Body
Table 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.32 – 3.2.2.1.37. 3.2.3.1 Hardfacing
Any cracks in the hardfacing are acceptable as long as the
3.2.2.2 Gauge Pads cracks do not propagate into the base metal. Examples
Cracks propagating between the wear elements on of acceptable and rejectable cracks are included in Table
the gauge pad are acceptable. Cracks propagating on 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.1.1 – 3.2.3.1.10. Any void or pore on
the leading or trailing side of a gauge pad are also any part of any blade that exceeds 1/16 inch in any major
acceptable if they are not mostly vertical (parallel with direction or depth shall be cause for rejection.
the longitudinal axis of the bit) and do not propagate
into the root radius of the gauge pad or the adjacent 3.2.3.2 Base Metal
junk slot. Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks Any cracks shall be cause for rejection. Examples of
on the gauge pad are shown in Table 3.2.2, Figures rejectable cracks in the base metal are shown in Table
3.2.2.2.1 – 3.2.2.2.6. 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.2.1 – 3.2.3.2.11.

3.2.2.3 Shank and Breaker Slot 3.2.3.3 Shank and Breaker Slot
Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Examples of Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Examples of
rejectable cracks in the shank and breaker slot are shown rejectable cracks in the shank and breaker slot are shown
in Table 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.3.1 – 3.2.2.3.4. in Table 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.3.1 – 3.2.3.3.4.

3.2.2.4 Bond Line and Separation Line 3.2.3.4 Closed Loop Surface Marks
a. When the bit connection is welded to the bit body, a A surface mark that forms a closed loop shall be accept-
bond line may exist at the interface. When inspected, able on any part of the base metal as long as the entirety
the bond line should appear perfectly transverse and of the closed loop can be visually verified when the bit
linear. Any void or other imperfection surrounding body is inspected. Examples of acceptable closed loop
the bond line that exceeds 13/64 inch in any major surface marks are shown in Table 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.4.1
direction or 3/64 inch in depth is cause for rejection. and 3.2.3.4.2.
Any void or imperfection that is within 2 inches of any
other void or imperfection is cause for rejection. Some 3.2.3.5 Repair of Cracks and Porosity
examples of bond line imperfections are included in Any cracks, voids, or pores in the hardfacing which
Table 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.4.1 and 3.2.2.4.2. are cause for rejection per paragraph 3.2.3.1 may be
b. The separation line at the shoulder of a non-integral repaired by welding provided that they are repaired in
blank, 3-piece bit shall be acceptable. Examples of accordance with the tool owner’s written Weld Procedure
separation lines are shown in Table 3.2.2, Figures Specification (WPS). These procedures and supporting
3.2.2.4.3 – 3.2.2.4.5. Any void or other imperfection documents, such as Procedure Qualification Reports
surrounding the separation line that exceeds 13/64 (PQRs) and Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ)
inch in any major direction or 3/64 inch in depth is records shall be made available to the customer or a
cause for rejection. Any void or imperfection that is customer representative upon request.
within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection is 3.2.4  Wear and Erosion of Bit Body
cause for rejection. In order to determine whether or not wear or erosion to
the bit body is acceptable, the bit body shall be classified
3.2.2.5 Through-Hole for Through-Bit or Coring Bit as Bit Body Reference Condition A, B, C, or D. The Bit
Any crack that propagates into the through-hole of a Body Reference Condition shall be determined through
through-bit or a coring bit shall be cause for rejection. a visual examination of the bit body and comparison with
Any pit that is measured or visually estimated to be Figure 3.2.4.1 – Figure 3.2.4.27.
deeper than 1/8 inch shall be cause for rejection.
a. Any bit with a Bit Body Reference Condition of A
3.2.2.6 Other Imperfections shall be accepted as in “new condition.” The bit body
Other non-linear imperfections, such as porosity or voids shall not feature any chipping/spalling, corrosion, ero-
from the matrix casting process, shall not exceed 3/16 sion, or other damage to any area including the junk
inch in any dimension. slots and the shank. All depth of cut management
22 --`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

elements shall be free of any wear of other damage. the gauge area with a ground tip is shown in Figure
The gauge pads shall be free of any wear or other 3.2.4.28 included in Table 3.2.4.
damage, as shall the wear elements. However, a gauge
pad with a step or taper design or a combination of
these is acceptable. Wear, erosion, or other damage 3.3  Bit Body 2 Inspection
to nozzle threads or a nozzle seat shall be cause for 3.3.1  Scope
rejection. Figures 3.2.4.1 – 3.2.4.5 included in Table Visual inspection and Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
3.2.4 illustrate examples of Bit Body Reference techniques shall be used to examine the body of a new bit.
Condition A. The acceptance criteria for the new bit body may also apply
b. Any bit with a Bit Body Reference Condition of B to the body of a used bit, if this application is requested
shall be accepted as in “used condition.” The bit body, by the customer.
including the gauge pads, may feature minor wear 3.3.2  Cracks in Matrix Bit Body
or erosion, and the wear elements may have slight
damage. Any depth of cut management element 3.3.2.1 Pockets, Blades, Junk Slots, and Nozzles
that is non-replaceable may have minor wear, but Diamond inserts in a diamond bit shall be inspected as

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
any replaceable depth of cut management element part of the matrix bit body. Any crack shall be cause for
shall be free of wear or other damage. A gauge pad rejection. Examples of rejectable cracks are shown in
with a step or taper design or a combination of these Table 3.3.2, Figures 3.3.2.1.1 – 3.3.2.1.9.
is acceptable. The nozzles may exhibit minor wear
or erosion. Figures 3.2.4.6 – 3.2.4.13 included in 3.3.2.2 Gauge Pads
Table 3.2.4 illustrate examples of Bit Body Reference Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Examples of
Condition B. rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.3.2, Figures
3.3.2.2.1 – 3.3.2.2.2.
c. Any bit with a Bit Body Reference Condition of C
shall be rejected. Bit Body Reference Condition C is 3.3.2.3 Shank and Breaker Slot
characterized by significant erosion or wear of the bit Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Examples of
body and slight loss of material. The gauge pad and rejectable cracks in the shank and breaker slot are shown
wear elements may show signs of significant damage, in Table 3.3.2, Figures 3.3.2.3.1 – 3.3.2.3.4.
and undercutting may start to expose the wear ele-
ments or the backreamer, if present. The nozzles may 3.3.2.4 Bond Line and Separation Line
exhibit significant erosion, including missing threads. a. When the bit connection is welded to the bit body, a
Figures 3.2.4.14 – 3.2.4.19 included in Table 3.2.4 il- bond line may exist at the interface. When inspected,
lustrate examples of Bit Body Reference Condition C. the bond line should appear perfectly transverse and
linear. Any void or other imperfection surrounding
d. Any bit with a Bit Body Reference Condition of D the bond line that exceeds 13/64 inch in any major
shall be rejected. Bit Body Reference Condition D is direction or 3/64 inch in depth is cause for rejection.
characterized by severe erosion or wear of the bit body Any void or imperfection that is within 2 inches of any
and loss of material. The gauge pad and wear elements other void or imperfection is cause for rejection. Some
may show signs of severe damage, and undercutting examples of bond line imperfections are included in
may severely expose the wear elements or the Table 3.3.2, Figures 3.3.2.4.1 and 3.3.2.4.2.
backreamer, if present. The nozzles may exhibit severe
erosion, including multiple missing threads. Figures b. The separation line at the shoulder of a non-integral
3.2.4.20 – 3.2.4.27 included in Table 3.2.4 illustrate blank, 3-piece bit shall be acceptable. Examples of
examples of Bit Body Reference Condition D. separation lines are shown in Table 3.3.2, Figures
3.3.2.4.3 – 3.3.2.4.5. Any void or other imperfection
e. If a depth of cut management element is present in surrounding the separation line that exceeds 13/64
the gauge area, then it may be ground in order to pass inch in any major direction or 3/64 inch in depth is
the ring gauging inspection. This shall be acceptable if cause for rejection. Any void or imperfection that is
the grinding is relatively uniform and possibly present within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection is
on a nearby cutter or other parts of the bit body. An cause for rejection.
example of a depth of cut management element in
23
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

3.3.2.5 Through-Hole for Through-Bit or Coring relatively uniform and possibly present on a nearby cutter
Bit or other parts of the bit body. An example of a depth of cut
Any crack that propagates into the through-hole of a management element in the gauge area with a ground tip
through-bit or a coring bit shall be cause for rejection. is shown in Figure 3.3.5.1 included in Table 3.3.5.
Any pit that is measured or visually estimated to be
deeper than 1/8 inch shall be cause for rejection.
3.4  Cutter 1 Inspection
3.3.3  Cracks in Steel Bit Body
3.4.1  Scope
3.3.3.1 Hardfacing Visual Inspection and/or Liquid Penetrant Inspection
Any crack shall be cause for rejection, except hairline (LPI) techniques shall be used to examine the used cutters
cracks in the hardfacing are permissible as long as they of a bit or fixed-cutter reamer.
do not extend into the base metal. A hairline crack is
defined as a fine crack that cannot be caught with a 3.4.2  Preparation
fingernail. Any void or pore on any part of any blade 3.4.2.1 Bit Cutter Identification
that exceeds 1/16 inch in any major direction or depth a. Each cutter shall be uniquely identified in the inspec-
shall be cause for rejection. Examples of acceptable tion documentation.
and rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.3.3, Figures
3.3.3.1.1 – 3.3.3.1.9. b. It is recommended that the blade with the cutter that
is lowest and closest to the center of the bit is identi-
3.3.3.2 Base Metal fied as Blade 1 (B1). Blade 1 should then be marked
Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Examples of using a permanent marker, such as a paint marker.
rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.3.3, Figures When looking down at the nozzles of the bit (with
3.3.3.2.1– 3.3.3.2.12. the connection facing opposite), the blade adjacent to
B1 when moving in a clockwise direction should be
3.3.3.3 Shank and Breaker Slot identified as B2. Each blade should then be identified
Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Examples of consecutively by moving in a clockwise direction until
rejectable cracks in the shank and breaker slot are shown B1 is reached again. An example of this identification

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
in Table 3.3.3, Figures 3.3.3.3.1 – 3.3.3.3.4. for the blades can be seen in Figure 3.5.2.1.

3.3.3.4 Closed Loop Surface Marks c. The primary cutter that is closest to the center of
A surface mark that forms a closed loop shall be accept- the bit and is on Blade 1 should be identified as
able on any part of the base metal as long as the entirety Primary Cutter 1 (PC1) on B1. The primary cutter
of the closed loop can be visually verified when the bit that is adjacent to PC1 on B1 and second closest to
body is inspected. Examples of acceptable closed loop the center of the bit on B1 should be identified as
surface marks are shown in Table 3.3.3, Figures 3.3.3.4.1 PC2 on B1. Each primary cutter on a single blade
and 3.3.3.4.2. should continue to be identified consecutively based
on the distance from the center. Secondary cutters
3.3.4  Diamond Bit Body and Sleeve Interface shall be identified similarly to primary cutters, with
Any transverse indication at the interface between the the secondary cutter that is closest to the center of
matrix body and the steel sleeve of a diamond bit is not the bit and is on B1 identified as Secondary Cutter
cause for rejection if the indication is perfectly linear and 1 (SC1) on B1. An example of this identification for
exists in multiple locations spaced apart. An example of the cutters can be seen in Figure 3.5.2.2.
the interface between the matrix body and the steel sleeve
of a diamond bit is shown in Figure 3.3.4.1 included in d. Other identification systems for the cutters are
Table 3.3.4. acceptable as long as the cutters can be uniquely
identified and the identification system is included
3.3.5  Wear of Bit Body in the inspection documentation.
The bit body shall feature no signs of wear. However, if a
depth of cut management element is present in the gauge 3.4.2.2 Reamer Cutter Identification
area, then it may be ground in order to pass the ring gaug- a. Each cutter shall be uniquely identified in the inspec-
ing inspection. This shall be acceptable if the grinding is tion documentation.

24
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

b. The nomenclature used to identify the reamer blocks An example of a rotating cutter is shown in Figure
& arms (such as Block A, B, and C) may be applied 3.4.3.2.1 included in Table 3.4.3.
while labelling individual PDC cutters.
b. The exposed cutting edge of the diamond table and
c. Cutters in the Leading Row (LR) may be labelled, the substrate shall not feature any cracks or chipping/
starting from the bottom cutter, as Cutter 1 (C1). spalling, or the cutter shall be rejected. Examples of
The cutters in the trailing/back row(s) (BR) can be rejectable cutters are shown in Table 3.4.3, Figures
labelled accordingly, labelling the first cutter from the 3.4.3.2.2 – 3.4.3.2.5.
bottom as Cutter 1.
c. If the cutter diameter is less than or equal to 9/16
d. Other identification systems for the cutters are inch, then no more than one crack or chipped/spalled
acceptable as long as the cutters can be uniquely area is acceptable on a single cutter if every point of
identified and the identification system is included the crack or chipped/spalled area is within 1/16 inch
in the inspection documentation. to the non-exposed edge of the cutter and no point
of the crack enters the exposed edge of the cutter. If
3.4.2.3 Measuring Cutter Size the cutter diameter is greater than 9/16 inch, then
The cutter size shall be measured to determine the no more than one crack or chipped/spalled area is
diameter of the cutter (when intact, forming a full size acceptable on a single cutter if every point of the
circle) to the nearest 1/16 inch using a metal ruler. The crack or chipped/spalled area is within 1/8 inch to the
cutter size may also be measured using a disc, such as a non-exposed edge of the cutter and no point of the
coin, with a diameter of 9/16 inch ± 1/32 inch. The disc crack enters the exposed edge of the cutter. Examples
shall be placed on the cutter to determine if the cutter of acceptable and rejectable cutters are shown in Table
is less than or equal to or greater than 9/16 inch. This 3.4.3, Figures 3.4.3.2.6 – 3.4.3.2.13.
information is necessary to determine the acceptance
criteria for damage to the cutter. d. More than one crack or more than one chipped/
spalled area on a single cutter, even if the damage
3.4.3  Condition of Cutters does not enter the exposed edge of the cutter, is cause
The following acceptance criteria apply to the inspection for rejection. Any crack that propagates from the
of used primary and secondary cutters including their cutter into the substrate shall be cause for rejection,
substrates. Each condition below is independent of the regardless of the size of the crack. Examples of ac-
other conditions. For example, if a single cutter has an ceptable and rejectable cracks and chipping/spalling
acceptable crack as well as acceptable wear, the cutter on the cutters are shown in Table 3.4.3, Figures
itself is still acceptable. If a single cutter has an acceptable 3.4.3.2.14 – 3.4.3.2.16.
crack and rejectable wear, the cutter shall be marked and
the bit rejected. Conical cutters shall be evaluated by only 3.4.3.3 Substrate Erosion and Corrosion
applying the acceptance criteria in Paragraph 3.4.3.6. The a. The exposed cutting edge of the diamond table shall
visible portion of every cutter shall be inspected, even if a not feature any erosion or corrosion, or the cutter
rejectable cutter is found. If any rejectable cutters are found, shall be rejected.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
each one shall be marked.
b. No more than one area of erosion is acceptable on a
3.4.3.1 Orientation Markings single substrate if the erosion does not exceed 7/64
Any marking purposefully applied to a cutter for inch in any dimension. More than one area of erosion
identification or orientation shall not be considered an on a single substrate or erosion that exceeds 7/64
imperfection and shall be acceptable. An example of an inch in any dimension shall be cause for rejection.
orientation mark is shown in Figure 3.4.3.1.1 included Examples of acceptable and rejectable erosion of the
in Table 3.4.3. substrate are shown in Table 3.4.3, Figures 3.4.3.3.1
– 3.4.3.3.9.
3.4.3.2 Cracks and Chipping/Spalling
a. Rotating Cutters: If a rotating cutter is present, the 3.4.3.4 Wear
ring that is created by the socket of the rotating cutter a. The exposed cutting edge of the diamond table shall
shall not be cause for rejection, as this is not a crack. not feature any wear, or the cutter shall be rejected.

25
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Examples of rejectable cutters are shown in Table 3.5  Cutter 2 Inspection


3.4.3, Figures 3.4.3.4.1 and 3.4.3.4.2.
3.5.1  Scope
b. If the cutter diameter is less than or equal to 9/16 inch, Visual Inspection and/or Liquid Penetrant Inspection
then no more than two areas of wear are acceptable (LPI) techniques shall be used to examine the new cutters
on a single cutter if the gap between the cutter pocket of a bit or fixed-cutter reamer. The acceptance criteria for
and the wear line does not exceed 1/16 inch and no the new cutters may also apply to the cutters of a used tool,
point of the wear enters the exposed edge of the cutter. if this application is requested by the customer.
If the cutter diameter is greater than 9/16 inch, then
no more than two areas of wear are acceptable on a 3.5.2  Preparation
single cutter if the gap between the cutter pocket and 3.5.2.1 Bit Cutter Identification
the wear line does not exceed 1/8 inch and no point of a. Each cutter shall be uniquely identified in the inspec-
the wear enters the exposed edge of the cutter. Areas tion documentation.
of wear that overlap one another shall be cause for
rejection, even if only two areas of wear are present. b. It is recommended that the blade with the cutter that
Examples of acceptable and rejectable wear are shown is lowest and closest to the center of the bit is identi-
in Table 3.4.3, Figures 3.4.3.4.3 – 3.4.3.4.6. fied as Blade 1 (B1). Blade 1 should then be marked
using a permanent marker, such as a paint marker.
c. If a cutter is present in the gauge area, then it may be When looking down at the nozzles of the bit (with
uniformly ground in order to pass the ring gauging the connection facing opposite), the blade adjacent to
inspection. An example of a cutter in the gauge B1 when moving in a clockwise direction should be
area with a ground tip is shown in Figure 3.4.3.4.7 identified as B2. Each blade should then be identified
included in Table 3.4.3. consecutively by moving in a clockwise direction until
B1 is reached again. An example of this identification
3.4.3.5 Interfacial Damage for the blades can be seen in Figure 3.5.2.1.
Interfacial damage is defined as an imperfection that
exists at the interface of the diamond table and the c. The primary cutter that is closest to the center of
substrate of a cutter. No more than one area of interfacial the bit and is on Blade 1 should be identified as
damage is acceptable on a single cutter if the damage does Primary Cutter 1 (PC1) on B1. The primary cutter
not exceed 1/16 inch in any dimension. More than one that is adjacent to PC1 on B1 and second closest to
area of interfacial damage on a single cutter or damage
that exceeds 1/16 inch in any dimension shall be cause
for rejection. Examples of acceptable and rejectable
interfacial damage are shown in Table 3.4.3, Figures
3.4.3.5.1 and 3.4.3.5.2.

3.4.3.6 Conical Cutters


Chipping/spalling or other forms of pitting are accept-
able on a single conical cutter if every pit does not exceed
1/32 inch in any dimension. Wear of the conical nose tip
is acceptable on a single cutter if the sharpest point of
the tip does not exceed 3/64 inch any dimension. Any
pits that exceed 1/32 inch in any dimension or wear
that exceeds 3/64 inch in any dimension shall be cause
for rejection. Any cracks, erosion, corrosion, interfacial
damage, or substrate damage shall also be cause for
rejection. Examples of acceptable and rejectable damage
to conical cutters are shown in Table 3.4.3, Figures
3.4.3.6.1 – 3.4.3.6.9. Figure 3.5.2.1 Recommended identification for the blades.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,

26
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

the center of the bit on B1 should be identified as identified and the identification system is included
PC2 on B1. Each primary cutter on a single blade in the inspection documentation.
should continue to be identified consecutively based
on the distance from the center. Secondary cutters 3.5.2.3 Measuring Cutter Size
shall be identified similarly to primary cutters, with The cutter size shall be measured to determine the
the secondary cutter that is closest to the center of diameter of the cutter (when intact, forming a full size
the bit and is on B1 identified as Secondary Cutter circle) to the nearest 1/16 inch using a metal ruler. The
1 (SC1) on B1. An example of this identification for cutter size may also be measured using a disc, such as a
the cutters can be seen in Figure 3.5.2.2. coin, with a diameter of 9/16 inch ± 1/32 inch. The disc
shall be placed on the cutter to determine if the cutter
d. Other identification systems for the cutters are is less than or equal to or greater than 9/16 inch. This
acceptable as long as the cutters can be uniquely information is necessary to determine the acceptance
identified and the identification system is included criteria for damage to the cutter.
in the inspection documentation.
3.5.3  Condition of Cutters
3.5.2.2 Reamer Cutter Identification Cutters that have any cracks, chipping/spalling, substrate
a. Each cutter shall be uniquely identified in the inspec- erosion, wear, corrosion, or interfacial damage shall be
tion documentation. cause for rejection. Interfacial damage is defined as an

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
imperfection that exists at the interface of the diamond
b. The nomenclature used to identify the reamer blocks table and the substrate of a cutter. The visible portion of
& arms (such as Block A, B, and C) may be applied every cutter shall be inspected even if a rejectable cutter is
while labelling individual PDC cutters. found. If a rotating cutter is present, the ring that is created
c. Cutters in the Leading Row (LR) may be labelled, by the socket of the rotating cutter shall not be cause for
starting from the bottom cutter, as Cutter 1 (C1). rejection, as this is not a crack. Any marking purposefully
The cutters in the trailing/back row(s) (BR) can be applied to a cutter for identification or orientation shall not
labelled accordingly, labelling the first cutter from the be considered an imperfection and shall be acceptable. If a
bottom as Cutter 1. cutter is present in the gauge area then it may be uniformly
ground in order to pass the ring gauging inspection. If
d. Other identification systems for the cutters are any rejectable cutters are found, each one shall be marked.
acceptable as long as the cutters can be uniquely Examples of acceptable and rejectable conditions of cutters
are shown in Table 3.5.3, Figures 3.5.3.1 – 3.5.3.11.

3.6  General Reamer Cutter Inspection


3.6.1  Scope
This procedure covers the inspection and acceptance
criteria of new and used cutting structures for reamers,
including the inspection of cutter block and cutter arm
bodies for underreamers and hole openers. The types of
cutting structures covered by this procedure are defined
in sections 3.6.2 and 3.6.3. This procedure does not cover
the inspection of cutting structures for milling and fishing
tools.

3.6.2  Parts of Reamer Cutting Structures


a. Reamers: Reamers are tools used to enlarge a wellbore
past its original drilled size. Types of reamers included
in this procedure are expandable underreamers and
Figure 3.5.2.2 Recommended identification for the cutters.
fixed-diameter hole openers.

27
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

b. Underreamers: Underreamers are tools with down- diamond table is exposed and shears or fractures the
hole-deployable arms and cutter blocks that allow formation, while the substrate contains the diamond
a larger hole to be drilled below a smaller opening table and is mostly concealed by the cutter block
after the underreamer is placed at the desired depth body. Cutters may also have a conical diamond table,
in the well. The cutter blocks/arms expand under an a rotating diamond table, a diamond table with a
actuation force, usually hydraulic differential pressure protruding geometry, or a diamond table with a
while fluid is pumped through the underreamers or geometry other than a cylinder. An example of a
a compressive force (such as weight on bit) acting on cutter with a non-standard geometry is shown in
the underreamer, or a combination of the two. Figure 3.1.2.5.

c. Hole Openers: Hole Openers are fixed-diameter c. Pockets: Pockets are the portions of a blade that
tools that are commonly used in drilling larger contain the cutters.
top-hole sections where there are no restrictions.
Hole openers are used in all facets of drilling a well d. Depth of Cut Management Element: A depth of
for actually enlarging the hole, acting as a stabilizer, cut management element is either part of the cutter
or using for a wiper trip (to ensure hole is to gauge). block/arm body or consists of carbide or diamond set
Hole openers usually are run with roller cones but, into the body. Each element may protrude from the
as the hole sizes get smaller, sometimes bladed hole row near the cutters in its own pocket or may be part
openers are preferred, which do not use roller cones. of the top of the row that is designed to contact the
Hole openers have cutter blocks or arms that do not formation at a specified penetration per revolution.
actuate during operation. An example of a depth of cut management element
is shown in Figure 3.1.2.5.
Both underreamers and hole openers may have milled
tooth, PDC, or tungsten carbide inserts (TCI) which e. Nozzles: Nozzles are threaded portholes with O-ring
may vary depending on the formation to be cut. seals from which fluid is projected. Examples of
nozzles are pointed out in Figure 3.6.3.1.
d. Cutter Blocks: Cutter Blocks are mounted with
cutting structures made of polycrystalline diamond f. Base Metal: The base metal consists of the portion
compact (PDC). These are often subjected to high of a steel cutter block or arm that was originally
loads and vibration. manufactured.

e. Cutter Arms: Cutter Arms are fixed or moveable arms g. Stabilizer or Gauge Pads: Stabilizer or gauge pads
that are configured to move outwardly in response to consist may consist of vertical protrusions, wear
actuation of the expandable downhole tool. elements, or PDC cutters on the cutter block bodies.
They are pointed out in Figure 3.6.3.1. The gauge
3.6.3  Parts of a Cutter Block pads may feature a nominal, straight-relieved, step,
a. Rows: Cutter rows are protrusions from the cutter or taper design or a combination of these.
block or cutter arm that contain pockets to house
h. Wear Elements: Wear elements are located in the
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
cutters or inserts. A leading or front row is the row
of the reamer cutter block/arm facing the direction gauge pads, and are pointed out in Figure 3.6.3.1.
of rotation and will be the first row to contact the i. Hardfacing: Hardfacing consists of metal deposited
formation as the reamer is rotated. A cutter block on the base metal by welding or brazing, used to
may have one or more rows of cutters behind the build-up and protect the cutter block/arm.
leading row, with these rows termed middle or back
row, as applicable. j. Backreamer: The backreamer cutting structure
contains cutters located above the gauge area of cutter
b. Cutters: Cutters shear or fracture the formation and block/arm and usually contact the formation during
consist of PDC material that does the shearing or backreaming operations.
fracturing and a substrate that supports the PDC
material. Each cutter consists of a substrate, which k. Retention or Actuation Grooves: Actuation or
is typically tungsten carbide, and a diamond table, retention grooves are features (such as ridges) that
both of which are pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.4. The engage with corresponding features in the pockets of

28
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

b. Underreamers: Underreamers are tools with Both underreamers and hole openers may have
the reamer body to secure
downhole-deployable the cutter
arms and cutter block/arm
blocks thatin the 3.6.6  Preparation
milled tooth, PDC, or tungsten carbide inserts (TCI)
reamer and, where applicable, allow the cutter block/
allow a larger hole to be drilled below a smaller a. Each cutter
which mayblock
varyor arm shallonbethe
depending removed from
formation to the
be
arm to expand under actuation force.
opening after the underreamer is placed at the reamer
cut. body if possible without damage to the tool.
desired depth in the well. The cutter blocks/arms If a cutter arm consists of separate bodies connected
l.
expand underPorts:
Handling The reamer
an actuation cutter block
force, usually or arm
hydraulic d. Cutter
through Blocks:
hinge Cutter
pin(s), eachBlocks are mounted
body shall with
be disassembled
differential pressure while fluid is pumped through and
may have threaded ports to facilitate assembly cutting structures made of polycrystalline diamond
from the other by removing the hinge pin(s).
thedisassembly
underreamers withorthe reamer.
a compressive force (such as compact (PDC). These are often subjected to high
weight on bit) acting on the under reamer, or a loads
b. Each andblock
cutter vibration.
or arm shall be uniquely serialized,
3.6.4  Parts ofofa the
Cutter
two.Arm
combination e.with a legible
Cutter Arms:stamping included
Cutter Arms on the arm/block
are moveable arms that
Reamer cutter arms may consist of a single body or multiple body. Components with no serialization shall to
be
c.bodies
Holeeach
Openers: Hole Openers are fixed-diameter are configured to move outwardly in response
connected to the others by hinge joints. The rejected unlessofthe
tools that are commonly used in drilling actuation thecustomer waives
expandable this requirement.
downhole tool.
cutter arms may have a fixed diameter forlarger
hole top-
openers
hole sections where there are no restrictions. Hole for c. If theParts
reamer
or may expand and contract under actuation forces 3.6.3 ofdesign dictates
a Cutter Blockthat a cutter block/arm
openers areThe
underreamers. usedcutter
in allarms
facets of drilling
may contain aPDC
well cutters
for or be installed in a specific pocket/slot in the reamer
actually enlarging the hole, acting as a stabilizer, or a.body,
Rows: Cutterblock/arm
rows are protrusions
have a roller cone cutting structure (with either milled tooth the cutter shall have afrom thelegible
unique cutter
using for a wiper trip (to ensure hole is to gauge). block identifier
or cutter arm that contain pockets to house
or TCI cutting structure). See Figures 3.6.4.1 and 3.6.4.2. stamped matching it to the corresponding
Hole openers usually are run with roller cones but, cutters or inserts. A leading or front row is the row
as theInspection
hole sizes get smaller, sometimes bladed hole cutter pocket in the reamer body.
3.6.5  Apparatus of the reamer cutter block/arm facing the direction
openers are preferred, which do not use roller
A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments, d. Theofcutter arm/block,
rotation and willincluding therow
be the first cutting structures
to contact the
cones. Hole openers have cutter blocks or arms that formation
“go” and “no-go” ring gauges, a calibrated white light meter, (PDC or rollerascone
the reamer
cutters)isshall
rotated. A cutter
be clean block
so that no
do not actuate during operation. may have one or more rows of cutters behind the
and a calibrated internal micrometer are required. For scale, mud, or lubricant can be wiped from the surfaces
calibration requirements, see section 2.16. with a clean rag.

Backreaming
Cutting Structure

Gauge
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Pad/Stabilizer

Fluid Flow Path


Wear
Elements

PDC Cutters

Grooves for
Actuation Trailing Row of
Cutters

Leading Row
of Cutters

Figure
Figure 3.6.3.1 Rendering of a 3.X.1:
reamerRendering of a reamer cutter block.
cutter block.

© Bureau Veritas North America, Inc 29 7


Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Backreaming
cutting structure
Hinge pin for
cutter block

Leading row
of cutters

Trailing row
of cutter

Figure 3.6.4.1 Rendering of a hinge-type reamer PDC cutter block.


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.6.4.2 Pictures of a roller cone reamer arm and hole opener arms with milled tooth and TCI cutting structures.

e. The cutter arm/block shall be free of paint and shall • When there is a change in relative position of the
be clean so that the surface is visible and no surface inspected surface with respect to the light fixture;
particles larger than 1/8 inch in any dimension can
be broken loose with a fingernail. • When requested by the customer or a designated
representative; and
f. The minimum illumination level at the inspection
surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The white light in- • Upon completion of the inspection.
tensity level at the inspection surface shall be verified:
These requirements do not apply to direct sunlight
• At the start of each inspection; conditions. If adjustments are required to the white
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all
• When light fixtures change positions or intensity; components inspected since the last white light
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected.

30
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

3.6.7  Applicable Inspection Procedures The IDs of the ring gauges shall be verified using the
The following inspections shall be performed: internal micrometer. The “go” gauge shall be carefully
applied over the length of the reamer/hole opener with a
3.6.7.1 Visual Inspection force which does not exceed the weight of the ring gauge.
a. The entire cutter block or arm shall be visually For acceptance, the “go” gauge shall pass smoothly over
inspected. Cracks and other damages shall be evalu- the reamer gauge section and the reamer gauge region
ated using the acceptance criteria in either section shall not pass through the “no-go” gauge.
3.7 Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection or section
3.8 Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection, as applicable. 3.6.7.3 Liquid Penetrant Inspection
Inspect the entire reamer block or arm body in ac-
b. Cutting structures (PDC and roller cone cutters) on cordance with section 3.15 Liquid Penetrant Inspection.
each cutter block or arm shall be visually inspected. Cracks and other damages shall be evaluated using the
Cracks and other damages shall be evaluated using the acceptance criteria in either section 3.7 Reamer Block
acceptance criteria in section 3.4 Cutter 1 Inspection, & Arm 1 Inspection or section 3.8 Reamer Block &
3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection, or 3.11 Roller Cone Cutter Arm 2 Inspection, as applicable. If liquid penetrant is
Inspection, as applicable. used to inspect PDC cutters, cracks and other damages
shall be evaluated using the acceptance criteria in section
3.6.7.2 Dimensional Inspection 3.4 Cutter 1 Inspection or 3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection, as
Ring Gauging shall be performed after assembly of the applicable.
cutter blocks or arms into the reamer.

As applicable, check the diameters of the reamer cutter 3.7  Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection
blocks/arms in both the fully expanded and fully col-
lapsed conditions by using “go” and “no-go” gauges. For 3.7.1  Scope
accurate measurement, the temperature of the “go” and Visual Inspection and Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
“no-go” gauges shall be within 20 degrees Fahrenheit techniques shall be used to examine the entire body of a
of the reamer/hole opener after being stabilized for at used reamer block or arm.
least 30 minutes. The “go” and “no-go” gauges shall be
fabricated from 1 inch steel and shall have an OD equal 3.7.2  Cracks & Porosity
to the nominal reamer size plus at minimum 1-1/2 The entire body of the reamer block or arm shall be
inches. (Aluminum gauges are allowed if the nominal examined for cracking, which will be evaluated as follows:
reamer size is greater than 30 inches.) The IDs of the • Hardfacing: Any cracks in the hardfacing are
gauges shall be the: acceptable as long as the cracks do not propagate
into the base metal. Examples of acceptable and
• Maximum fully expanded reamer size (or hole rejectable cracks are included in Table 3.2.3,
opener size) +0.002 inch (clearance) with a Figures 3.2.3.1.1 – 3.2.3.1.10. Any void or pore
tolerance of +0.003 inch, -0 inches for the “go” on any part of any row that exceeds 1/16 inch in
gauge; and
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
any major direction or depth shall be cause for
• Minimum fully expanded reamer/hole opener size rejection.
-0.002 inch (interference) with a tolerance of +0 • Base Metal: Any cracks in the reamer block or
inches, -0.003 inch for the “no-go” gauge. arm body, including retention/activation features,
dovetail grooves or hinge pin holes, shall be cause
• Fully collapsed reamer size +0.002 inch (clearance) for rejection. Examples of rejectable cracks in
with a tolerance of +0.003 inch, -0 inches for the the base metal are shown in Table 3.2.3, Figures
“go” gauge; and 3.2.3.2.1 – 3.2.3.2.11.
• Fully collapsed reamer/hole opener size -0.002 • Closed Loop Surface Marks: A surface mark that
inch (interference) with a tolerance of +0 inches, forms a closed loop shall be acceptable on any
-0.003 inch for the “no-go” gauge. (This no-go part of the base metal as long as the entirety of
gauging may not be needed depending on the the closed loop can be visually verified when the
tool design). reamer block or arm is inspected. Examples of

31
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

acceptable closed loop surface marks are shown in permissible as long as they do not extend into the
Table 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.4.1 and 3.2.3.4.2. base metal. A hairline crack is defined as a fine
crack that cannot be caught with a fingernail. Any
3.7.3  Repair of Cracks & Porosity void or pore on any part of any blade that exceeds
Any cracks, voids, or pores in the hardfacing which are 1/16 inch in any major direction or depth shall be
cause for rejection per paragraph 3.7.2 may be repaired cause for rejection. Examples of acceptable and
by welding provided that they are repaired in accordance rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.3.3, Figures
with the tool owner’s written Weld Procedure Specification 3.3.3.1.1 – 3.3.3.1.9.
(WPS). These procedures and supporting documents, such
as Procedure Qualification Reports (PQRs) and Welder • Base Metal: Any crack shall be cause for rejection.
Performance Qualification (WPQ) records, shall be made Examples of rejectable cracks are shown in Table
available to the customer or a customer representative upon 3.3.3, Figures 3.3.3.2.1– 3.3.3.2.12.
request. Repair of cracks in base metal is not permitted
during inspection or maintenance. • Closed Loop Surface Marks: A surface mark that
forms a closed loop shall be acceptable on any
3.7.4  Wear & Erosion part of the base metal as long as the entirety of
The entire body of the reamer block or arm shall be the closed loop can be visually verified when the
examined for wear and erosion, which will be evaluated reamer block or arm is inspected. Examples of
as follows: acceptable closed loop surface marks are shown in
Table 3.3.3, Figures 3.3.3.4.1 and 3.3.3.4.2.
• The reamer block/arm body, including the gauge
pads, may feature minor wear or erosion, and the 3.8.3  Wear & Erosion
wear elements may have slight damage. Any depth The reamer block or arm body shall feature no signs of wear.
of cut management element that is non-replaceable However, if a depth of cut management element is present
may have minor wear, but any replaceable depth in the gauge area, then it may be ground in order to pass
of cut management element shall be free of wear the ring gauging inspection. This shall be acceptable if the
or other damage. A gauge pad with a step or taper grinding is relatively uniform and possibly present on a
design or a combination of these is acceptable. The nearby reamer block or arm. An example of a depth of cut
nozzle ports may exhibit minor wear or erosion. management element in the gauge area with a ground tip
is shown in Figure 3.3.5.1 included in Table 3.3.5.
• If a depth of cut management element is present
in the gauge area, then it may be ground in order
to pass the ring gauging inspection. This shall be 3.9  Roller Cone General Bit Inspection
acceptable if the grinding is relatively uniform and
possibly present on a nearby reamer block or arm. 3.9.1  Scope
This procedure covers the inspection of new and used
roller cone drilling bits, including bit connections and the
3.8  Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection bit bodies. The types of bits covered by this procedure are
defined in section 3.9.3. This procedure does not cover the
3.8.1  Scope inspection of hybrid bits or hammer bits.
Visual Inspection and Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
techniques shall be used to examine the body of a new 3.9.2  Parts of Roller Cone Bits
reamer block or arm. The acceptance criteria for the new The following definitions will apply to the various parts
reamer block or arm may also apply to the body of a used of roller cone bits. All figures feature a Tungsten Carbide
reamer block or arm, if this application is requested by Insert (TCI) roller cone bit with three cones, i.e. a tri-cone
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

the customer. bit. Roller cone bits consist of three major components: 1)
the roller cones (including the cutting structure), 2) the bit
3.8.2  Cracks & Porosity legs, and 3) the bearings and seals.
The entire body of the reamer block or arm shall be
examined for cracking, which will be evaluated as follows: a. Roller Cones: Roller cone(s) contain the cutting
elements that gouge and shear the formation. These
• Hardfacing: Any crack shall be cause for rejec- cutting elements can either be hard-faced steel teeth
tion, except hairline cracks in the hardfacing are machined into the roller cones (for milled tooth bits)
32
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

or tungsten carbide inserts press-fitted into cones (for f. Reservoir Cap: The pressure reservoir cap acts as a
TCI bits). The cones are rough forged from wrought mechanical barrier between the lubricant reservoir
alloy steel before being machined and (in most cases) and the downhole environment.
case hardened to make them resistant to wear and
shock loading. g. Fill Plug: The fill plug allows filling of the reservoir
during the assembly/refurbishing of the roller cone
b. Bit Legs: The bit legs secure the cones and contain the bit. The fill plug may also contain a one-way check
nozzles and, in case of compensated sealed bearing valve to permit egress of lubricant to prevent excessive
assemblies, the pressure compensation system for the pressure buildup in the lubricant reservoir.
bearing assembly. The bit legs are forged from alloy
steel. The bearing pin is selectively case hardened to h. Dome Area: The inner region of the bit. Fluid com-
provide a hard, wear resistant interface surface for the munication may exist between the lubricant pressure
roller cone bearings. compensation system and the dome area to allow
dynamic pressure compensation during operations.
c. Bearings and Seals: Bearings and seals are located
inside the roller cone to enable it to turn around the i. Crows Foot: The central inner region of a roller cone
bearing pin. The cones are mounted on either roller bit where the three leg seam welds intersect.
or journal bearings. The bearings could be non-sealed, j. Ball Plug Weld: Weld to secure the ball plug hole after
or sealed using elastomer or metal face seals. The cone installation of ball bearings and ball plug.
is secured to the bit leg by the ball lock mechanism.
Matching ball races are machined into the bearing k. Shirttail: The leading edge of a roller cone bit leg
and cone respectively. The bit leg also has a ball plug that will come in contact with formation and may
hole drilled from the shirttail side of the bit leg into suffer wear as a result. Roller cone shirt-tails usually
the ball race in the bearing. The ball plug and ball have a hard-facing or TCI inserts to protect from
bearings are made from heat-treated carbon and excessive wear.
alloy steels.
system for theThe ball assembly.
bearing plug hole The
is welded
bit legsshut
are after excessive pressure buildup in the lubricant
installation of ball bearings and ball
forged from alloy steel. The bearing pin isplug. l. Shirttail Hard Facing: Hard facing is usually applied
reservoir.
selectively case hardened to provide a hard, wear to the leading edges of the shirttail area to prevent
d. resistant The internal
Plenum:interface surface
surface near
for the thecone
roller bit centerline h. Dome wear
premature Area:in
The
theinner
baseregion
metal.of the bit. Fluid
where
bearings.the three legs meet. This surface is visible when communication may exist between the lubricant
one looks straight down the pin (or box) end of the bit. m. Leg pressure
Back: The trailing edge/surface
compensation of athe
system and roller
dome cone
area
c. Bearings and Seals: Bearings and seals are located bit leg
to that
allowcomes in contact
dynamic with
pressure the borehole
compensation wall.
during
e. inside the roller
Reservoir Bore:cone
The to enable it
reservoir to turn
bore around into
is machined operations.
the
thebearing
forged pin.
leg toThe
actcones are mounted
as a receptacle for theongrease
either and, n. Gauge Protection Inserts: Tungsten carbide inserts
roller or journal bearings. The bearings could be for i. Crows
press fittedFoot:
into The
the central inner of
OD surface region of alegs
the bit rollerto
when present, the pressure compensation system cone bit where the three leg seam welds intersect.
non-sealed,
the grease that lubricates the bearings as theface
or sealed using elastomer or metal roller mitigate wear in the legs.
seals.
coneThe cone
bit is is secured to the bit leg by the ball
rotated. j. Ball Plug Weld: Weld to secure the ball plug hole
lock mechanism. Matching ball races are machined
Ball Bearings
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Tungsten Carbide
Inserts

Threaded Pin
Connection
Reservoir Bore
Ball Bearing Hole
Roller Cone
Figure 3.9.2.1 Cross-sectional drawing
Figure 3.X: depicting elements
Cross-sectional of adepicting
drawing roller coneelements
bit leg. of a roller cone bit leg.

into the bearing and cone respectively. The bit leg after installation of ball bearings and ball plug.
33
also has a ball plug hole drilled from the shirttail
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
side of the bit leg into the ball race in the bearing.
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS k. Shirttail: The leading edge of a roller cone bit leg
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

The ball plug and ball bearings are made from heat- that will come in contact with formation and may
suffer wear as a result. Roller cone shirt-tails
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

o. Seam Weld: After forging, machining, and assembly f. Open Bearing Roller Cone Bits: Open roller bearings
of the roller cones on the bit legs, the bit legs (also do not have seals to protect the bearings from drilling
called bit palms or bit thirds at this stage) are welded mud or debris.
together using a seam weld.
g. Air-Cooled Roller Bearings: Air cooled bits have air
p. Dome Weld: The seam weld on the inner/central passages that supply air to the bearings for cooling,
region of the roller cone bit. cleaning, and lubricating the bearings.

q. Gauge Row: Also referred to as Heel Row. The gauge h. Sealed Roller Bearing: Sealed roller bearings have
row contains the most critical cutting structure of the seal(s) protecting the bearings from downhole
roller cone bit. The cutters in the gauge row must cut fluids and debris while maintaining the necessary
the corners of the wellbore, i.e. both the bottom of lubricating medium in the bearing. A pressure
the wellbore and its diameter. Both milled tooth and compensator system prevents the seals and bearings
insert type bits can use either tungsten carbide or from experiencing sudden pressure changes and
diamond-enhanced inserts on the gauge row. prevents the leakage of lubricant.

r. Staggered Insert Row: TCI are arranged in a stag- i. Sealed Journal Bearing: Sealed journal bearings may
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

gered manner to maximize the gauging action and have a floating bushing instead of ball bearings. The
prevent tracking into the grooves/craters created by bushing is usually made from material with high
the previous inserts. resistance to heat and galling.

s. Spearpoint: The innermost cutting structure of a 3.9.4  Inspection Apparatus


milled tooth bit. A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments,
a calibrated white light intensity meter, a “go” ring gauge,
3.9.3  Types of Roller Cone Bits a “no-go” ring gauge, and a calibrated internal micrometer
Unlike fixed cutter bits, roller cone bits contain one or are required. The white light meter and internal micrometer
more roller cone(s) that roll around as the bottom hole shall have been calibrated according to section 2.16.
assembly is rotated. One or more roller cones contain
cutting structures that dig into and gouge the formation. 3.9.5  Preparation
The major types of roller cone bits are: a. Each bit shall be uniquely serialized with a legible
stamping in the breaker slot (if present) or other
a. Mono Cone Bit: Mono cone bits were first used in acceptable area. If the serial number is illegible, the
the 1930s and consist of a single roller cone mounted bit shall be rejected.
on a large bearing. The design, while having several
theoretical advantages, is not generally used in oil & b. The bit connection shall be clean so that no scale,
gas drilling operations. mud, or lubricant can be wiped from the thread or
shoulder surfaces with a clean rag.
b. Two Cone Bit: As the name suggests, two-cone bits
consists of two cones mounted on large bearings. Two c. The bit body shall be free of paint and shall be
cone bits, while uncommon, are sometimes used in clean so that the surface is visible and no surface
special applications. particles larger than 1/8 inch in any dimension can
be broken loose with a fingernail. If paint needs to
c. Three Cone (Tri-cone) Bit: The majority of roller cone be removed from the bit body, the removal method
bits use three roller cones. must not damage elastomer seals. Media blasting is
d. Milled-Tooth Bits: The cutting structure in a milled not recommended to avoid abrasive particles in the
tooth bit is made of steel teeth (usually covered in a bearing system.
layer of hard-facing) that are machined directly into d. The minimum illumination level at the inspection
forged roller cones. surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The white light in-
e. Tungsten Carbide Insert (TCI) Bits: The cutting tensity level at the inspection surface shall be verified:
structure of TCI bits comprises of tungsten carbide • At the start of each inspection;
inserts press-fitted into pockets machined in the
roller cones. • When light fixtures change positions or intensity;
34
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

• When there is a change in relative position of the shall be within 20 degrees Fahrenheit of the bit shank
inspected surface with respect to the light fixture; after being stabilized for at least 30 minutes. The “go”
and “no-go” gauges shall be fabricated from 1 inch
• When requested by the customer or a designated steel and shall have an OD equal to the nominal bit
representative; and size plus at minimum 1-1/2 inches. The IDs of the
• Upon completion of the inspection. gauges shall be the:

These requirements do not apply to direct sunlight • Maximum bit size (as defined by API Spec 7-1
conditions. If adjustments are required to the white or the manufacturer’s specification) +0.002 inch
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all (clearance) with a tolerance of +0.003 inch, -0
components inspected since the last white light inches for the “go” gauge; and
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected. • Nominal bit size -0.002 inch (interference) with a
e. Cones on a roller cone bit shall be fully rotated to tolerance of +0 inches, -0.003 inch for the “no-go”
ensure that paint, rust, and debris from all accessible gauge.
surfaces and cutting structures is fully removed. Any The IDs of the ring gauges shall be verified using the
compacted cuttings and hardened drilling mud shall internal micrometer. The “go” gauge shall be carefully
be removed from the grease insert ports and between applied over the length of the bit with a force which
the roller cones and legs. does not exceed the weight of the ring gauge. For
3.9.6  Applicable Inspection Procedures acceptance, the “go” gauge shall pass smoothly over
the bit and the bit shall not pass through the “no-go”
3.9.6.1 Visual Inspection gauge.
a. Visual Connection Inspection: Inspect the bit con-
nection in accordance with section 3.12 Visual Bit c. The bit connection is not required to have an SRF,
Connection Inspection. such as an SRG, regardless of its size and connection
type unless requested by the customer. If SRFs are
b. The entire bit body shall be visually inspected. Cracks present, they shall be evaluated in accordance with
and other damages shall be evaluated using the section 3.13 Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection.
acceptance criteria in section 3.10 Roller Cone Bit
Body Inspection. 3.9.6.3 Blacklight Connection Inspection
c. Each cutting element and roller cone shall be visu- Inspect the bit connection in accordance with section
ally inspected. Cracks and other damages shall be 3.14 Blacklight Connection Inspection. Any cracks in
evaluated using the acceptance criteria in section 3.11 the threads are cause for rejection. Grinding to remove
Roller Cone Cutter Inspection. cracks is not permitted. Cracks and other indications in
a location past the interface between the threads and the
d. The bit connection is not required to have a Stress bit body shall be evaluated using the acceptance criteria
Relief Feature (SRF), such as a Stress Relief Groove in section 3.10 Roller Cone Bit Body Inspection.
(SRG), regardless of its size and connection type
unless requested by the customer. If SRFs are present, 3.9.6.4 Pressure Testing
they shall be evaluated in accordance with section 3.12 Perform hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure testing on
Visual Bit Connection Inspection. roller cone bit in accordance with section 3.16 Pressure
Testing of Roller Cone Bits. A drop in pressure that
3.9.6.2 Dimensional Inspection exceeds the acceptance criteria of the bit supplier shall
a. Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection: Inspect be a cause for rejection.
the bit connection in accordance with section 3.13
Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection. 3.9.6.5 Functional Testing
Rotate each cone in accordance with section 3.17
b. Ring Gauging: Check the bit diameter of the bit by Rotation Test of Roller Cone Bits. Free rotating roller
using “go” and “no-go” gauges. For accurate measure- cone(s) shall be a cause for rejection unless specifically
ment, the temperature of the “go” and “no-go” gauges allowed by the manufacturer’s written procedures.

35
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

3.10  Roller Cone Bit Body Inspection a. 100% fill of the ball hole weld cavity is required.

3.10.1  Scope b. The ball plug hole weld shall be visually inspected
Visual inspection and hydrostatic pressure testing shall be to insure it is free of defects (cracks, porosity, voids,
used to examine the body of a new or used roller cone bit. lack of tie-in to parent metal, etc) or any severe
discontinuities in the weld surface.
3.10.2  Seam Weld
Seam welds on roller cone bits are partial penetration c. Crater crack(s) near the center of the ball hole plug
welds by design. The internal seams of these welds are not weld are acceptable if the crack(s) does not intersect
required to be welded. the weld boundary. Examples of acceptable and
rejectable cracks in ball plug hole weld are shown in
3.10.2.1 Visual Inspection of External Seam Weld Table 3.3.6, Figure 3.3.6.4 – 3.3.6.5.
a. Porosity: Spherical or oval type of voids filled with
d. The ball hole weld shall not extend beyond the
gas or air. The maximum pore size shall be 3/32 inch.
minimum bit gauge diameter.
[2.4 mm] in diameter, length, or depth.
e. Cracks in shirt-tail hardfacing which do not enter
b. Slag Inclusions: Spherical or oval type of inclusions
the base metal are acceptable.
filled with slag. The maximum inclusion size shall
be 3/32 inch [2.4 mm] in diameter, length, or depth f. Visible cracks in the base metal of shirt-tail, between
(when it can be measured). gauge protection inserts or other bit leg surfaces are
not acceptable. Examples of acceptable and rejectable
c. Crack-Like Indications: Cracks or crack-like indica-
indications in shirt tail hardfacing are shown in Table
tions visible to the unaided eye in the weld are not
3.3.6, Figure 3.3.6.4 – 3.3.6.5.
allowed. Examples of rejectable cracks are shown in
Table 3.3.6, Figures 3.3.6.2. 3.10.4  Repair of Cracks and Porosity
Any cracks, voids, or porosity in the hardfacing which
d. Visible interruptions at the intersection of vertical
is cause for rejection may be repaired provided that it
seam welds along the OD of the legs and the dome
is repaired in accordance with the tool owner’s written
welds are acceptable. Examples of acceptable intersec-
Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) and does not affect
tions are shown Table 3.3.6, Figures 3.3.6.1.
the integrity of lubricants and seals for sealed roller cone
e. Overlap of final weld pass onto leg surface is accept- bearings. These procedures and supporting documents, such
able. Undercut, lack of welding, and/or weld which as Procedure Qualification Reports (PQRs) and Welder
does not contour to the weld grooves in the legs are Performance Qualification (WPQ) records shall be made
acceptable. Example of acceptable welding is shown available to the customer or a customer representative
in Table 3.3.6, Figure 3.3.6.3. upon request.

3.10.2.2 Visual Inspection of Internal Seam Weld


3.11  Roller Cone Cutter Inspection
Internal seams can have varying gap widths, and visual
seams based on the design geometry are acceptable. 3.11.1  Scope
Visual Inspection and a Rotation Test (procedure 3.17)
Porosity, slag inclusions, and linear indications on the
shall be used to examine the roller cones and cutting
internal seams are acceptable.
structure on both new and used roller cone bits and reamer
3.10.3  Bit Leg arms.
3.10.3.1 Visual Inspection of Roller Cone Bit Leg 3.11.2  Visual Inspection of TCI Roller Cones
The ball hole plug weld must prevent drilling fluid Any visible crack on tungsten carbide inserts or on any
contaminants from entering the system or allowing steel surface of a cone for TCI roller cones shall be cause
grease to escape. Ball plug welds must be leak free. Signs for rejection.
of grease leakage or drilling fluid ingress through the
grease plug shall be cause for rejection.

36
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

3.11.3  Visual Inspection of Milled Tooth Roller This procedure does not cover CWD bits and may not
Cones cover diamond bits.
a. Any visible crack(s) in the steel surface of a milled
tooth roller cone shall be cause for rejection. Examples 3.12.2  Inspection Apparatus
of rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.5.4, Figure A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments,
3.5.4.1. a metal straightedge, a calibrated white light intensity
meter, calibrated angle gauges, a calibrated hardened and
b. Cracks in milled tooth hardfacing which are not ground thread profile gauge, and OD calipers are required.
parallel to the tooth crest and which do not propagate A calibrated lead gauge and a calibrated standard lead
into the base metal are acceptable. Examples of template are also required. For calibration requirements,
acceptable cracks are shown in Table 3.5.4, Figure see section 2.16.
3.5.4.2.
3.12.3  Preparation
c. Visible cracks in milled tooth hardfacing which enter Connections shall be clean so that no scale, mud, or
the base metal shall be cause for rejection. Examples lubricant can be wiped from the thread or shoulder surfaces
of rejectable cracks are shown in Table 3.5.4, Figures with a clean rag.
3.5.4.3.
3.12.4  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria
d. Visible cracks in milled tooth hardfacing parallel to All connections shall meet the following requirements.
the tooth crest can lead to hardfacing bond failure and
shall be cause for rejection. An example of a rejectable a. Hardbanding: When present on the OD of a box
crack is shown in Table 3.5.4, Figure 3.5.4.4. connection, hardbanding shall extend no more than
3/16 inch above the surface with no broken or missing

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
e. The acceptance criteria for porosities in the hardfacing areas larger than 1/8 inch across any major dimension.
on the ground gauge surface of milled tooth cones is Hairline cracks in the hardbanding are permissible as
defined in Tables 3.5.5 and Table 3.5.6, Figure 3.5.5. long as the cracks do not extend into the base metal.
A hairline crack is defined as a fine crack that cannot
3.11.4  Repair of Cracks and Porosity be caught with a fingernail. Protruding carbide chips
Any cracks, voids, or porosity in the hardfacing which or beads are not allowed, unless permitted by the
is cause for rejection per section 3.11.3 may be repaired customer. When conflicts arise between this standard
provided that it is repaired in accordance with the tool and the hardbanding manufacturer’s field inspection
owner’s written Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) requirements, the hardbanding manufacturer’s field
and does not affect the integrity of lubricants and seals inspection requirements shall apply.
for sealed roller cone bearings. These procedures and
supporting documents, such as Procedure Qualification b. Cracks: All connections shall be free of visible cracks
Reports (PQRs) and Welder Performance Qualification and heat checking, except that hairline cracks in
(WPQ) records shall be made available to the customer hardfacing are acceptable if they do not extend into
or a customer representative upon request. the base metal. Grinding to remove cracks is not
permissible.
3.12  Visual Bit Connection Inspection c. The minimum illumination level at the inspection
surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The white light in-
3.12.1  Scope tensity level at the inspection surface shall be verified:
This procedure covers visual examination of rotary
shouldered bit connections to evaluate the condition of the • At the start of each inspection;
seal, threads, hardfacing, and bevel, as applicable. Although
most bits feature pin connections, this procedure covers • When light fixtures change positions or intensity;
requirements for both pin and box connections, depending • When there is a change in relative position of the
on which is present. This procedure also covers the visual inspected surface with respect to the light fixture;
examination of Stress Relief Features (SRF), the acceptance
criteria for which are only applicable if an SRF is present.

37
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

• When requested by the customer or a designated as the pits do not occupy more than 1-1/2 inches in
representative; and length along any thread helix and no pit has a depth
that exceeds 1/32 inch and no pit has a diameter that
• Upon completion of the inspection. exceeds 1/8 inch. Built up corrosion shall be removed
These requirements do not apply to direct sunlight from SRFs with emery paper or a flapper wheel to
conditions. If adjustments are required to the white determine the surface condition of the SRF. Any
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all stencil or stamp marking on a stress relief surface
components inspected since the last white light shall be cause for rejection.
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected. • Location of the Last Scratch: Figure 3.12.5.1
d. Thread Compound and Thread Protectors: Acceptable shows an example of an API box connection with
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool an SRF. The last scratch on a box connection with
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces, an SRF is created by the machining insert when
including the end of a pin connection. Thread protec- machining the Box Boreback (BBB). The BBB
tors with threads shall be applied and secured with results in truncated threads at the back of the box

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
between approximately 50 and 100 foot-pounds of connection with gradually reducing height. The last
torque. The thread protectors shall be free of debris. thread eventually runs out at the BBB, creating the
If additional inspection of the threads or shoulders last scratch. To locate the last scratch, rotate the
will be performed prior to movement, the application connection until the last thread runout on the BBB
of thread compound and thread protectors may is visible. Figure 3.12.5.2 shows an example of an
be postponed until completion of the additional API pin connection with an SRF. The last scratch is
inspection. created by the intersection of the machined radius
of the SRF and the flank of the last thread. To
3.12.5  API & Similar Non-Proprietary Connections locate the last scratch, rotate the connection until
In addition to the requirements of section 3.12.4, API the mark made from the machining the radius is
and similar non-proprietary connections shall meet the visible, as shown in figure 3.12.5.2.
following requirements.
• Measure 1-1/2 inches as shown in Figures 3.12.5.3
a. Bevel Width: An approximate 45 degree OD bevel and 3.12.5.4. Because threads on the connection
at least 1/32 inch wide shall be present for the full follow a helix, there will be areas at which the
circumference of the pin or box connection. thread root may mostly fall within 1-1/2 inches
from the last scratch, but part of the same thread
b. Thread Surfaces: Acceptance criteria for pitting on
thread roots and other thread surfaces for connec-
tions with SRFs are covered in paragraph 3.12.5.c.
Acceptance criteria for pitting on thread roots and Last scratch
other thread surfaces for connections without SRFs
are included in paragraph 3.12.5.d. Thread surfaces
shall be free of other imperfections that appear to
either penetrate below the thread root, occupy more
than 1-1/2 inches in length along any thread helix,
or exceed 1/16 inch in depth or 1/8 inch in diameter.
Raised protrusions shall be removed with a hand
file or “soft” (nonmetallic) buffing wheel. The thread
profile shall be checked after any buffing or filing of
the threads.

c. Thread Root and Surface Pitting Criteria for


Last thread running
Connections with Stress Relief Features: No pitting out on boreback
is allowed in the roots of any threads that are within
1-1/2 inches from the last scratch. Pitting is allowed Figure 3.12.5.1 Locating the last scratch on BHA box connection
in other thread roots and stress relief surfaces as long with SRF.

38
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

root may be greater than 1-1/2 inches from the No pitting allowed
Pitting allowed
within constraints
last scratch. In such cases, no pitting is allowed on 1-1/2"
that thread root, even on the portions that may be
greater than 1-1/2 inches from the last scratch.
An example of this is shown in Figures 3.12.5.3 Last
and 3.12.5.4, in which the line labeled “No pitting scratch
allowed” is extended slightly beyond 1-1/2 inches
(to the crest of the next thread) in order to cover
the entire thread root.

d. Thread Root and Surface Pitting Criteria for


Connections without Stress Relief Features: No
pitting is allowed on the roots of any threads that
are within 2 inches from the last scratch. Pitting is Figure 3.12.5.3 Measuring 1-1/2" from the last scratch on BHA
allowed on other thread roots, on the region between box connection with SRF.
the pin shoulder and the last scratch, on the box
taper behind the last scratch, on the last scratch, and
on the root of the last full-height thread of the box
connection (or the first full-height thread from the

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
last scratch). Pits shall not occupy more than 1-1/2
inches in length along any thread helix and no pit Pitting allowed
No pitting allowed within constraints
shall have a depth that exceeds 1/32 inch and no pit
1-1/2"
shall have a diameter that exceeds 1/8 inch.

• Location of the Last Scratch: Figure 3.12.5.5


shows an example of an API pin connection
without an SRF. The last scratch is created by the
machining insert as it is slowly pulled out, leaving
an imperfect thread at the back of the connection.
To locate the last scratch, rotate the connection
until the last mark made by the machining insert
is visible.
Figure 3.12.5.4 Measuring 1-1/2" from the last scratch on BHA
pin connection with SRF.

Machined Last scratch Gradually fading machining


radius tool mark as the tool is
slowly pulled out

Last
scratch

Mark made
from
machining
the radius

Figure 3.12.5.2 Locating the last scratch on BHA pin connection Figure 3.12.5.5 Identifying the last scratch on drill pipe pin
with SRF. connection without SRF.

39
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

• Measure 2 inches from the last scratch, as shown in g. Refacing: If refacing is necessary, only enough mate-
Figure 3.12.5.6. Because threads on the connection rial to correct the damage shall be removed. Refacing
follow a helix, there will be areas at which the limits are 1/32 inch on any one removal and 1/16 inch
thread root may mostly fall within 2 inches from cumulatively. If existing benchmarks indicate that the
the last scratch, but part of the same thread root shoulder has been refaced beyond the maximum, the
may be greater than 2 inches from the last scratch. connection shall be rejected.
In such cases, no pitting is allowed on that thread
root, even on the portions that may be greater than h. Pin Thread Profile: The profile gauge shall mesh with
2 inches from the last scratch. An example of this is the thread load and stab flanks of a pin connection so
shown in Figure 3.12.5.6, in which the line labeled that no light is visible at any of the flanks or thread
“No pitting allowed” is extended slightly beyond roots. Visible gaps estimated to be no greater than
2 inches (to crest of the next thread) in order to 1/16 inch on no more than two thread crests are
cover the entire thread root. permissible. Uniform flank wear estimated to be
less than 0.010 inch is permissible. However, any
visible gaps at the thread flanks will require pin lead
measurement per paragraph 3.12.5.i. Two thread
Last scratch
profile checks 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart shall be
made on each connection.
Pitting allowed
No pitting allowed within constraints i. Pin Lead: If the thread profile gauge indicates that
a pin connection is stretched, the pin lead shall be
measured over a 2-inch interval beginning at the first
full-depth thread nearest the shoulder. Pin stretch
shall not exceed 0.006 inch over the 2-inch length.
Two lead checks 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart shall
be made.

j. Box Taper: The taper at the back of a box connection


shall be visually inspected. All inner diameter tapers
originating from a box thread shall be at an angle
of 30 degrees maximum from the centerline axis of
Figure 3.12.5.6 Measuring 2" from the last scratch on BHA the connection. No burr, lip, or edge greater than the
pin connection without SRF. allowable angle tolerance is acceptable.

k. Shoulder Squareness: If a 360 degree benchmark is


e. Box Swell: A straightedge shall be placed along the
present on a pin or box connection, then the relative
longitudinal axis on the OD of a box connection. If
position of the seal surface to the benchmark shall
a visible gap exists between the straightedge and the
be checked around the full circumference. If there is
box OD, then the box OD shall be measured using
a variation in the distance between the benchmark
the calipers. Compare the OD at the bevel to the
and the seal surface (indicating a possible lack of
OD 2 inches ±1/2 inch away from the bevel. If the
alignment) that is visually estimated to exceed 1/64
OD at the bevel is greater by 1/32 inch or more, the
inch, then the connection shall be rejected.
connection shall be rejected.
l. Pitting in the Pin Inside Diameter: The entire pin
f. Seal Surfaces: The seal surfaces shall be free of raised
inside diameter (ID) for a length exceeding the
metal or corrosion deposits detected visually or by
threaded length shall be examined for pitting. Any
rubbing a metal scale or fingernail across the surface.
pit that is measured or visually estimated to be deeper
Any pitting or interruptions of the seal surface
than 1/8 inch shall be cause for rejection.
that are estimated to exceed 1/32 inch in depth or
occupy more than 20% of the seal width at any given Exception: This requirement does not apply to roller
location are rejectable. No filing of the seal shoulders cone bits. Seam welds in roller cone bits are partial
is permissible.

40
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

penetration welds by design. Internal weld seams can 3.13.4  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for API
be misaligned or have gaps of varying widths. Visual and Similar Non-Proprietary Connections
seams in pin connection IDs of roller cone bits are A Visual Bit Connection Inspection shall be performed in
acceptable. Examples of acceptable indications on pin conjunction with this inspection.
IDs of roller cone bits are depicted in Table 3.6.5,
Figure 3.6.5.1. a. Box Outside Diameter: The Outside Diameter (OD)
of a box connection shall be measured 4 inches ±1/4
m. Shoulder Flatness: Box shoulder flatness shall be inch from the shoulder. At least two measurements
verified by placing a straightedge across a diameter shall be taken spaced at intervals of 90 degrees ±10
of the shoulder and rotating the straightedge at least degrees. The box OD requirements shall be specified
180 degrees along the plane of the shoulder. Any

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
visible gaps shall be cause for rejection. This same
procedure shall be used with a pin connection with
the straightedge placed across a chord of the shoulder
surface. Any visible gaps between the straightedge E1 E2
and the shoulder surface shall be cause for rejection. B

n. Pin Ends: Pin end surface cracks that are visible shall
H
I
be cause for rejection. Examples of rejectable cracks
on pin ends are depicted in Table 3.6.5, Figures
3.6.5.2 – 3.6.5.3.

3.13  Dimensional Bit Connection G


H (for HWDP only)
Inspection C

D
3.13.1  Scope
This procedure covers the dimensional inspection of rotary
shouldered bit connections. Although most bits feature pin
connections, this procedure covers requirements for both
pin and box connections, depending on which is present.
The dimensions covered in this procedure are illustrated in
Figure 3.13.1.1. These dimensions include those for SRFs,
the acceptance criteria for which are only applicable if an A F2
SRF is present. This procedure does not cover CWD bits
and may not cover diamond bits or core bits. If the bit has F1
a proprietary connection not covered by this standard,
the connection manufacturer’s dimensional inspection
requirements shall apply.

3.13.2  Inspection Apparatus


A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments,
a metal straightedge, a calibrated hardened and ground
thread profile gauge, and ID and OD calipers are required.
For calibration requirements, see section 2.16. A Box Outside Diameter F 1 Boreback Cylinder Diameter
B Pin Inside Diameter F2 Boreback Cylinder Length
C Box Counterbore Diameter G Bevel Diameter
3.13.3  Preparation D Box Counterbore Depth H Pin Length
Connections shall be clean so that no scale, mud, or E1 Pin Relief Groove Diameter
E2 Pin Relief Groove Width
lubricant can be wiped from the thread or shoulder surfaces
with a clean rag. Figure 3.13.1.1 Bit connection dimensions, shown with a pin SRG
and a Box Boreback.

41
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

by the vendor. If no requirements for the box OD


are available from the vendor, then the box OD (in
combination with the pin ID) shall result in a BSR
within the customer’s specified range. Dimensions for
commonly specified BSR ranges are given in Table
3.7.4.1. BSR values for various connection types and
sizes are provided in Table 3.7.4.3.

b. Pin ID: The ID of a pin connection shall be measured


under the last thread nearest the shoulder ±1/4 inch.
At least two measurements shall be taken spaced
at intervals of 90 degrees ±10 degrees. The pin ID
requirements shall be specified by the vendor. If no
Figure 3.13.4.1 Thread not fully formed as seen with light showing
requirements for the pin ID are available from the between the profile gauge and the thread.
vendor, then the pin ID (in combination with the
box OD) shall result in a BSR within the customer’s
specified range. Dimensions for commonly specified
BSR ranges are given in Table 3.7.4.1. BSR values
for various connection types and sizes are provided
in Table 3.7.4.3.

c. Box Counterbore Diameter: The box counterbore


diameter shall be measured as near as possible to
the shoulder (excluding any ID bevel or rolled
metal) at diameters 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart.
The counterbore diameter shall meet requirements
from Table 3.7.4.1.

d. Box Counterbore Depth: The counterbore depth

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
shall be measured (including any ID bevel). The
counterbore depth shall meet requirements from Figure 3.13.4.2 Lay thread profile gauge along thread taper and
Table 3.7.4.1. rotate around the thread form until minimum light is visible
between the profile gauge and the first thread. At this point, the
e. Pin SRG: If an SRG is present, the diameter and thread is fully formed and is the "first full thread."
width of the API pin SRG shall be measured and shall
meet the requirements from Table 3.7.4.1. The pin
SRG length shall be measured from the connection
shoulder to the crest of the first full thread by placing
the metal ruler on the thread taper square against the
connection shoulder, as depicted in Figures 3.13.4.1
– 3.13.4.3. The “first full thread” is defined as the
thread that is closest to the pin shoulder and reaches
the same height and thread profile as the second
thread. The location of the first full thread can be
identified by rotating the profile gauge until the
absolute minimum amount of light is visible between
the thread form and the profile gauge.

f. Box Boreback: If a Box Boreback (BBB) is present,


the diameter and length of the BBB cylinder shall Figure 3.13.4.3 Square the ruler at the point of the first full thread
be measured and shall meet requirements from Table and take the measurement from the shoulder to the crest of the
3.7.4.1. first full thread.

42
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

g. Bevel Diameter: The bevel diameter of a PDC bit b. Blacklight Equipment: A blacklight source and a
shall be measured and shall meet requirements from calibrated blacklight intensity meter are required. For
Table 3.7.4.1 or 3.7.4.2, as applicable. calibration requirements, see section 2.16.

h. Pin Length: For a pin connection with an SRG, the c. An ASTM centrifuge tube and stand are required
length of the pin connection shall be measured and unless a premixed can of solution is used.
shall meet requirements from Table 3.7.4.1.
d. Coil: A DC coil with a rated capability to induce a
i. Pin Neck Length: For a pin connection without an longitudinal magnetic field of at least 1200 amp-turns
SRG, the pin neck length, which is the distance from per inch of connection OD is required.
the 90 degree pin shoulder to the crest of the first full
thread shall be measured. The pin neck length shall e. Required Magnetic Particle Field Indicators (MPFI)
not be greater than the counterbore depth minus include a pocket magnetometer and either a magnetic
1/16 inch. flux indicator strip (Castrol strip) or a magnetic pen-
etrameter (pie gauge).
j. Thread Compound and Thread Protectors: All accept-
able connections shall be coated with an acceptable f. A calibrated white light intensity meter shall be used
tool joint compound over all thread and shoulder to verify illumination. For calibration requirements,
surfaces, including the end of a pin connection. Thread see section 2.16.
protectors with threads shall be applied and secured g. A mirror shall be used for the examination of box
using between approximately 50 and 100 foot-pounds thread roots, if the bit features a box connection. The
of torque. The thread protectors shall be free of any mirror may also be used for examination of the pin
debris. If additional inspection of the threads or ID, if the bit features a pin connection.
shoulders will be performed prior to movement, the
application of thread compound and thread protectors h. Booths or tarps shall be used to darken the area, if
may be postponed until completion of the additional necessary.
inspection.
3.14.3  Preparation
All surfaces to be inspected shall be cleaned such that no
3.14  Blacklight Connection Inspection traces of grease, thread dope, corrosion products, or other
(MPI) contaminants are detected by wiping with a dry, unused
white paper towel or tissue. Surfaces to be cleaned and
3.14.1  Scope inspected include the entire machined areas of both pin
This procedure covers examination of ferromagnetic and box connections, including the entire pin ID from the
connections for transverse surface flaws using the wet pin tip to the pin shoulder, a minimum of 1 inch beyond
fluorescent magnetic particle (blacklight) technique. the last thread in a box connection without an SRF, a
Although most bits feature pin connections, this procedure minimum of 1 inch beyond the last scratch in a box with
covers requirements for both pin and box connections, an SRF, and the external surfaces of a box.
depending on which is present.
3.14.4  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria
3.14.2  Inspection Apparatus a. Particle concentration shall range from 0.1 to 0.4
a. Particle Bath Mediums: milliliters per 100 milliliters when measured using
an ASTM 100 milliliter centrifuge tube, with a
• Petroleum-based mediums which exhibit natural
minimum settling time of 30 minutes in water-based
fluorescence under blacklight shall not be used.
carriers or 1 hour in petroleum-based carriers.
Diesel fuel and gasoline are not acceptable.
b. The blacklight intensity shall be measured with the
• Water-based mediums are acceptable if they wet
blacklight meter each time the light is turned on, after
the surface without visible gaps. If incomplete
every 8 hours of operation, and at the completion
wetting occurs, additional cleaning, a new particle
of the inspection. The minimum intensity shall be
bath, or the addition of more wetting agents may
1,000 microwatts per square centimeter at 15 inches
be necessary.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
43
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

from the light source or at the distance to be used for of torque. The thread protectors shall be free of any
inspection, whichever is greater. debris. If additional inspection of the threads or
shoulders will be performed prior to movement, the
c. The intensity of white light, measured at the inspec- application of thread compound and thread protectors
tion surface, shall not exceed 2 foot-candles. may be postponed until completion of the additional
d. Determine the polarity of the existing magnetic inspection.
field (if any) in each connection using the pocket
magnetometer. Mark each connection “+” (positive) 3.15  Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
or “-” (negative), whichever applies. The magnetizing
coil shall be placed on the connection so as to reinforce 3.15.1  Scope
(not oppose) any field already present. Magnetizing This procedure covers the examination of the bit body
current activation and magnetic particle solution or reamer cutter body. Visible water-washable, solvent-
application shall be performed simultaneously. The removable, or fluorescent water-washable, self-developing
solution shall be distributed over the area described penetrant techniques may be employed.
in paragraph 3.14.3. The magnetizing current shall
remain on for at least 2 seconds after the solution 3.15.2  Inspection Apparatus
has been distributed. The solution shall be agitated a. The penetrant and developer shall be from the same
before each application. Note: For tools racked in close manufacturer. The labeling on the penetrant materials
proximity, the solution shall be agitated within 3 minute shall specify that the materials meet the sulfur and
intervals during application. halogen requirements of ASTM E165.

e. Proper field magnitude and orientation shall be b. Dry powder or solvent-based (aqueous and non-
verified under blacklight with either the magnetic flux aqueous) developers may be used for the visible
indicator strip or the magnetic penetrameter placed techniques.
on the internal surface of each connection while the c. The quality of the penetrant materials and inspection
solution is being applied and the power is activated. procedure shall be verified by testing a cracked test
f. The inspection surfaces of the connection shall be ex- piece. The test piece may be a Liquid Penetrant
amined under blacklight. Unless the bit is positioned Comparator as described in Section V, ASME Boiler
vertically, each bit shall be rolled to allow for 360 and Pressure Vessel Code or a quench-cracked, 3/8
degrees of examination and to allow areas under solu- inch thick block of 2024-T3 aluminum alloy plate.
tion “puddles” to be inspected. A mirror shall be used d. A calibrated white light intensity meter shall be used
to examine box thread roots, if applicable. Particular to verify illumination. For calibration requirements,
attention should be given to the last engaged threads see section 2.16.
of a pin or box connection.
e. Blacklight Equipment: A blacklight source and a
g. Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Grinding calibrated blacklight intensity meter are required.
to remove cracks is not permitted, but areas with For calibration requirements, see section 2.16. The
questionable indications may be recleaned with a blacklight intensity shall be measured with the
nonmetallic and nonabrasive buffing wheel and re- blacklight meter each time the light is turned on, after
inspected. If the indication reappears, the connection every 8 hours of operation, and at the completion
shall be rejected. of the inspection. The minimum intensity shall be
h. Thread Compound and Thread Protectors. All accept- 1,000 microwatts per square centimeter at 15 inches
able connections shall be coated with an acceptable from the light source or at the distance to be used for
tool joint compound over all thread and shoulder inspection, whichever is greater.
surfaces, including the end of a pin connection. Thread f. A white light source is required for the visible
protectors with threads shall be applied and secured techniques and shall be capable of producing a light
using between approximately 50 and 100 foot-pounds intensity of at least 50 foot-candles at the inspection
surface.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

44
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

3.15.3  Preparation conflict. If this is the case, the manufacturer’s recom-


a. All surfaces to be inspected (including the test piece) mendations shall be used. For ambient temperatures
shall be cleaned such that no traces of grease, thread between 40 degrees Fahrenheit and 50 degrees
dope, corrosion products, or other contaminants are Fahrenheit, the dwell time shall be a minimum of 20
detected by wiping with a dry, unused white paper minutes. Penetrant testing shall not be performed if
towel or tissue. Surfaces to be cleaned and inspected the ambient temperature or component temperature
include the entire bit body, including the shank and is less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit nor greater than
breaker slot. The cutters may also be subjected to 125 degrees Fahrenheit.
inspection using liquid penetrant. If any bleed-back
of residue from imperfections is noted, the inspection 3.15.5  Excess Penetrant Removal
area shall be recleaned. a. Water-Washable Systems: The excess penetrant shall
be removed with a low pressure water spray, having
b. Cleaning shall be accomplished by one of the fol- a pressure of less than 40 pounds per square inch.
lowing methods: The part shall be air dried or dried by blotting with
• Steam or hot water and detergent; dry, lint-free cloths. If forced warm air is used for
drying the part, the forced air temperature at the
• Mineral spirits; or part surface shall not exceed 120 degrees Fahrenheit.
• Commercial penetrant solvent. For fluorescent penetrant, to prevent over-washing,
a blacklight shall be used and the spray terminated
c. After cleaning, the inspection surface shall be dried immediately after the background has been removed.
to a degree that a dry, unused paper towel or tissue
rubbed on the surface does not absorb any moisture. b. Visible Solvent Removable Systems: The inspected
If something other than commercial penetrant solvent surface shall first be wiped with a dry, lint free cloth.
is used, the surfaces shall receive final cleaning with The solvent shall then be sprayed on a similar cloth
acetone, a methyl-ethyl ketone, or an equivalent and the cloth used to remove the remaining surface
solvent. penetrant. This step may have to be repeated. Finally,
the part surface shall be wiped with a dry, lint free
d. The same cleaning and process steps shall be cloth. Note: The solvent shall not be sprayed or otherwise
performed on the connection and the test piece. applied directly to the test surface.
The test piece temperature shall be within 5 degrees
Fahrenheit of the temperature of the parts to be 3.15.6  Developer Application
inspected. (Steps a and b are not required for self-developing
penetrants.)
3.15.4  Penetrant Application
a. The test piece shall be inspected before the bit body. a. The developer shall be applied within 5 minutes after
If the cracks in the test piece are not visible, the completion of the post-rinse drying operation.
inspection shall not be performed on the bit body.
The cause of the failure shall be corrected and the test b. The method of application of the developer shall
piece successfully retested before proceeding. provide visually uniform coverage over the surface
being examined.
b. The penetrant shall be applied over the areas identified
in paragraph 3.15.3.a. c. The developing time shall be half of the allowed
penetrant dwell time, but not less than 7 minutes nor
c. The penetrant shall not be allowed to dry. Additional more than 30 minutes.
penetrant may be applied to prevent drying but the
part shall be recleaned if the penetrant dries. 3.15.7  Examination and Acceptance Criteria
a. Initial examination to detect gross imperfections and
d. The dwell time (length of time the penetrant remains contamination on the surface shall be made within
on the surface of the bit body) shall be a minimum one minute after developer application. A blacklight
of 10 minutes and a maximum of 60 minutes unless shall be used during inspection using fluorescent
the penetrant manufacturer’s recommendations are in penetrant.

45
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

b. Final examination shall be made after the full 3.16  Pressure Testing of Roller Cone
developing time.
Bits
c. For visible penetrant, the minimum illumination level
3.16.1  Scope
at the inspection surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The
This procedure covers pressure testing of roller cone
white light intensity at the inspection surface shall
bits, except roller cone bits with air lubricated bearings.
be verified:
Hydraulic or pneumatic pressure may be employed to
• At the start of each inspection job; perform a static pressure test on new or used roller cone
• When light fixtures change positions or intensity; bits to detect the presence of any leaks.
• When there is a change in relative position of the 3.16.2  Test Apparatus
inspected surface with respect to the light fixture; Pressure gauges used for testing shall be calibrated accord-
• When requested by the customer or a designated ing to section 2.16. Pressure measuring devices shall be
representative; and calibrated to maintain +/- 2% accuracy of full-scale range.
Pressure gauge must be able to read at least 150% of the
• Upon completion of the inspection. test pressure but not more than 500% of the test pressure.
These requirements do not apply to direct sunlight
conditions. If adjustments are required to the white 3.16.3  Procedure
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all a. Before applying test pressure, ensure that the roller
components inspected since the last white light cone bit and test apparatus is isolated behind a bar-
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected. ricade of sufficient size and strength to prevent injury
in the event of leak or equipment failure.
d. For fluorescent penetrant, the intensity of white
light measured at the inspection surface during the b. Subject the roller cone bit to 3,000 psi hydraulic
fluorescent LPI shall not exceed 2 foot-candles. pressure or 100 psi pneumatic pressure.

e. Cracks on the bit body shall be evaluated using the c. After allowing the test pressure to stabilize, the
acceptance criteria in 3.2 Bit Body 1, 3.3 Bit Body pressure source shall be isolated and the line pressure
2, 3.7 Reamer Block & Arm 1, 3.8 Reamer Block & between the pressure source and the roller cone bit
Arm 2, or 3.10 Roller Cone Bit Body inspections, as being tested be bled to zero. Pressure test time period
applicable., as applicable. does not begin until these steps are accomplished.

f. Cracks on the cutters shall be evaluated using the d. The minimum hold time shall be one minute.
acceptance criteria in 3.4 Cutter 1, 3.5 Cutter 2, or
3.16.4  Acceptance Criteria
3.11 Roller Cone Cutter inspections, as applicable,
Any observable drop in pressure or leakage detected around
if the LPI is used to inspect the cutters.
the nozzle ports, seam welds, or sealing surfaces shall be
g. Indications: Parts with questionable indications shall cause for rejection. Leakage through connection threads is
be recleaned and re-inspected. A repeatable rejectable permitted as long as no visible defects exist in the threads.
indication shall be cause for rejection. Grinding or
buffing indications is prohibited. 3.17  Rotation Test of Roller Cone Bits
h. After inspection, the penetrant and developer shall be 3.17.1  Scope
removed with water or solvent spray. With fluorescent This procedure covers mechanical testing of roller cone
penetrant, a blacklight shall be used to check for bits with sealed bearings. Cones of new or used roller cone
complete removal. bits shall be individually rotated to evaluate the integrity
of bearing seals.

46
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

3.17.2  Preparation
Areas between roller cones and bit legs shall be free from
debris, cuttings, or dried drilling mud.

3.17.3  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria


Each cone of the roller cone bit shall be rotated by hand
or using a mechanical advantage (such as a wrench) to
determine if any resistance to rotation is encountered.

A freely rotating roller cone shall be a cause for rejection


unless specifically allowed by the manufacturer’s written
procedures. Freely rotating roller cone results from a
sealing element that is no longer fully engaged with the
corresponding sealing surface and is indicative of impend-
ing seal failure. A functional sealing element should result
in seal friction that will be observed while rotating the
roller cone.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
47
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

This page intentionally left blank.


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

48
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Inspection Tables

3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Matrix Bit Body.................... 50 3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria........ 89
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades, Junk Slots, and Nozzles................................................. 50 3.3.6.2 Visual Examination of Seam Weld............................................................. 89
3.2.2.2 Gauge Pads......................................................................................................... 60 3.3.6.3 Visual Examination of Roller Cone Bit Leg.............................................. 91
3.2.2.3 Shank and Breaker Slot.................................................................................. 62
3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria............................................ 92
3.2.2.4 Bond Line and Separation Line................................................................... 63
3.4.3.1 Orientation Markings...................................................................................... 92
3.2.2.5 Through-Hole for Through-Bit or Coring Bit......................................... 64
3.4.3.2 Cracks and Chipping/Spalling..................................................................... 93
3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Steel Bit Body........................ 65 3.4.3.3 Substrate Erosion and Corrosion............................................................... 96
3.2.3.1 Hardfacing........................................................................................................... 65 3.4.3.4 Wear...................................................................................................................... 98
3.2.3.2 Base Metal........................................................................................................... 67 3.4.3.5 Interfacial Damage.........................................................................................100
3.2.3.3 Shank and Breaker Slot.................................................................................. 69 3.4.3.6 Conical Cutters................................................................................................101
3.2.3.4 Closed Loop Surface Marks.......................................................................... 70
3.5.3 Cutter 2 Inspection Acceptance Criteria..........................................103
3.2.4 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Wear and Erosion
3.5.4 New and Used Roller Cone Cutting Structure Acceptance
of the Bit Body................................................................................................ 71
Criteria...............................................................................................................105
3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Matrix Bit Body.................... 74 3.5.4.1 Visual Examination of TCI Roller Cone...................................................105
3.3.2.1 Pockets, Blades, Junk Slots, and Nozzles................................................. 74 3.5.4.2 Visual Examination of Milled Tooth Cutting Structure.....................106
3.3.2.2 Gauge Pads......................................................................................................... 76
3.5.5 Ground Gauge Surfaces on a Milled Tooth Roller Cone..........107
3.3.2.3 Shank and Breaker Slot.................................................................................. 77
3.3.2.4 Bond Line and Separation Line................................................................... 78 3.5.6 Ground Milled Tooth Gauge Surface Porosity Acceptance
3.3.2.5 Through-Hole for Through-Bit or Coring Bit......................................... 79 Criteria...............................................................................................................107
3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Steel Bit Body........................ 80 3.6.5 Visual Bit Connection Inspection Acceptance Criteria.............108
3.3.3.1 Hardfacing........................................................................................................... 80
3.3.3.2 Base Metal........................................................................................................... 82 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria........110
3.3.3.3 Shank and Breaker Slot.................................................................................. 85
3.3.3.4 Closed Loop Surface Marks.......................................................................... 86 3.7.4.2 Bit Bevel Diameter Ranges for API Reg Connections................124

3.3.4 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for the Diamond Bit Body 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratios for BHA Connections...........................125
and Sleeve Interface..................................................................................... 87
3.7.4.4 Rotary Shouldered Connection Interchange List........................131
3.3.5 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Wear of the Bit Body......... 88
49

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
50

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Bits with gauge Only one crack propagating between only two pockets More than one crack propagating between one or more pock-
OD < 10" in the gauge and OD areas of a single blade ets in the gauge and OD areas of a single blade
One crack propagating between more than one pocket in the
gauge and OD areas of a single blade
Any cracks propagating between pockets in the cone, nose,
or shoulder areas of a single blade
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.2.2.1.1

Figure 3.2.2.1.3

Figure 3.2.2.1.4
Figure 3.2.2.1.2

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Bits with gauge Only one crack propagating between only two pockets in More than one crack propagating between one or more pock-
OD ≥ 10" the gauge, OD, cone, and shoulder areas of a single blade ets in the gauge, OD, cone, or shoulder areas of a single blade
One crack propagating between more than one pocket in the
gauge, OD, cone, or shoulder areas of a single blade
Any cracks propagating between pockets in the nose area of
a single blade

Figure 3.2.2.1.5

Figure 3.2.2.1.7

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
51

Figure 3.2.2.1.6 Figure 3.2.2.1.8

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
52

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria Cracks propagating from any pocket that are only present Any cracks propagating onto the trailing side of any blade
on the top portion of any blade and do not propagate
onto the leading side or trailing side of that blade

Figure 3.2.2.1.11 Figure 3.2.2.1.13

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.2.2.1.9

Figure 3.2.2.1.12 Figure 3.2.2.1.14

Figure 3.2.2.1.10
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria One crack on the leading side of a single blade that is no One crack on the leading side of a single blade that exceeds
more than 3/8 inch in every major direction and does not 3/8 inch in any major direction

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
propagate into the root radius or the adjacent junk slot

Figure 3.2.2.1.15 Figure 3.2.2.1.17

Any crack that propagates into the root radius or the adjacent
junk slot

Figure 3.2.2.1.16 Figure 3.2.2.1.18


53

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
54

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria

Figure 3.2.2.1.19

Figure 3.2.2.1.20
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.2.2.1.21

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria More than one crack on the leading side of a single blade

Figure 3.2.2.1.22
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
55

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
56

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria Any crack that only exists in a junk slot that is no more Any crack that only exists in a junk slot that exceeds 3/8 inch
than 3/8 inch in every major direction and is not within in any major direction
1 inch of any other crack and does not propagate into
any nozzle threads

Figure 3.2.2.1.23 Figure 3.2.2.1.25


Any crack that only exists in a junk slot that is within 1 inch of
any other crack
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.2.2.1.26 Figure 3.2.2.1.27


Figure 3.2.2.1.24

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades,

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria Any crack that propagates into any nozzle threads

Figure 3.2.2.1.30

Figure 3.2.2.1.28

Figure 3.2.2.1.29 Figure 3.2.2.1.31


57

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
58

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria One crack propagating from the pocket of a conical cutter Two or more cracks propagating from the pocket of a conical
that is present at the center of the bit as long as the crack cutter that is present at the center of the bit
does not exceed 3/8 inch in every major direction, is not
within 1 inch of any other crack, and does not extend
into any nozzle threads

Figure 3.2.2.1.34

Any crack propagating from the pocket of a conical cutter


that is present at the center of the bit that extends into any
Figure 3.2.2.1.32
nozzle threads

Figure 3.2.2.1.33
Figure 3.2.2.1.35

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria Any crack propagating from the pocket of a conical cutter
that is present at the center of the bit that is within 1 inch of
any other crack
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.2.2.1.36

Any crack propagating from the pocket of a conical cutter that


is present at the center of the bit that exceeds 3/8 inch in any
major direction
59

Figure 3.2.2.1.37

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
60

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.2 Gauge Pads Cracks propagating between the wear elements on a
gauge pad

Figure 3.2.2.2.1 Figure 3.2.2.2.2

Cracks propagating on the leading or trailing side of a Any crack on the leading or trailing side of a gauge pad that
gauge pad if they are not mostly vertical (parallel with the is mostly vertical (parallel with the longitudinal axis of the bit)
longitudinal axis of the bit) and do not propagate into
the root radius of the gauge pad or the adjacent junk slot
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.2.2.2.3 Figure 3.2.2.2.4

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.2 Gauge Pads Any crack that propagates from a gauge pad into the root
radius of the gauge pad or the adjacent junk slot

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.2.2.2.5 Figure 3.2.2.2.6

Figure 3.2.2.2.7
61

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
62

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.3 Shank and Breaker No cracks Any cracks
Slot

Figure 3.2.2.3.1 Figure 3.2.2.3.2

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.2.2.3.3 Figure 3.2.2.3.4

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.4 Bond Line and Any void or other imperfection surrounding the bond Any void or other imperfection surrounding the bond line
Separation Line line that is less than or equal to 13/64 inch in every that is greater than 13/64 inch in any major direction or
major direction and less than 3/64 inch in depth and greater than 3/64 inch in depth
not within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection

Figure 3.2.2.4.1 Figure 3.2.2.4.2

Any void or other imperfection that is within 2 inches of any


other void or imperfection
63

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,

Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
64

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.4 Bond Line and The separation line at the shoulder of a non-integral,
Separation Line 3-piece bit

Figure 3.2.2.4.3 Figure 3.2.2.4.4

Figure 3.2.2.4.5

Any voids or other imperfections surrounding the sepa- Any voids or other imperfections surrounding the separa-
ration line that are less than or equal to 13/64 inch in tion line that are greater than 13/64 inch in any major direc-
every major direction and less than 3/64 inch in depth tion or greater than 3/64 inch in depth
and not within 2 inches of any other void or imperfec-
tion
Any voids or other imperfections that are within 2 inches of
any other voids or imperfections

3.2.2.5 Through-Hole for No cracks propagating into the through-hole Any crack that propagates into the through-hole
Through-Bit or
Coring Bit
Pits that are measured or visually estimated to be less Any pit that is measured or visually estimated to be deeper
than or equal to 1/8 inch deep than 1/8 inch
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.1 Hardfacing Any cracks that do not propagate into the base metal Any crack that propagates into the base metal

Figure 3.2.3.1.1 Figure 3.2.3.1.2

Figure 3.2.3.1.7
Figure 3.2.3.1.3

Figure 3.2.3.1.4 Figure 3.2.3.1.5


65

Figure 3.2.3.1.6
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
66

Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.1 Hardfacing

Figure 3.2.3.1.8

Figure 3.2.3.1.9

Figure 3.2.3.1.10
Any void or pore on any part of a blade that is less than Any void or pore on any part of a blade that is greater than
or equal to 1/16 inch in any major direction and depth 1/16 inch in any major direction or depth
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.2 Base Metal No cracks Any crack

Figure 3.2.3.2.1 Figure 3.2.3.2.2

Figure 3.2.3.2.3

Figure 3.2.3.2.4
67

Figure 3.2.3.2.5 Figure 3.2.3.2.6


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
68

Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.2 Base Metal

Figure 3.2.3.2.7

Figure 3.2.3.2.8 Figure 3.2.3.2.9

Figure 3.2.3.2.10 Figure 3.2.3.2.11


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.3 Shank and Breaker No cracks Any crack
Slot

Figure 3.2.3.3.1 Figure 3.2.3.3.2

Figure 3.2.3.3.3 Figure 3.2.3.3.4


69

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
70

Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.4 Closed Loop Surface A surface mark found on any part of the base metal that A surface mark found on any part of the base metal that ap-
Marks forms a closed loop, as long as the entirety of the closed pears to form a closed loop, for which the entirety of the closed
loop can be visually verified loop cannot be visually verified

Figure 3.2.3.4.1

Figure 3.2.3.4.2

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.4 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for the Wear and Erosion of the Bit Body
Wear and Erosion
Section Acceptable Rejectable
of Bit Body
3.2.4 Wear and Erosion of Bit Body Reference Condition A: No chipping/spalling, Bit Body Reference Condition C: Significant erosion or wear
Bit Body corrosion, erosion, or other damage to any area including of the bit body and slight loss of material. Signs of significant
the junk slots and the shank. No damage to any depth damage to a gauge pad and the wear elements. Undercutting
of cut management element. No wear or other damage that has started to expose the wear elements or the back-
to the gauge pads or wear elements. A gauge pad with a reamer, if present. Significant erosion of a nozzle, including
step or taper design. No wear, erosion, or other damage missing threads.
to nozzle threads or nozzle seats.

Figure 3.2.4.1 Figure 3.2.4.2 Figure 3.2.4.14 Figure 3.2.4.15

Figure 3.2.4.16 Figure 3.2.4.17


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.2.4.4
Figure 3.2.4.3
71

Figure 3.2.4.5 Figure 3.2.4.18 Figure 3.2.4.19

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
72

Table 3.2.4 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for the Wear and Erosion of the Bit Body continued
Wear and Erosion
Section Acceptable Rejectable
of Bit Body
3.2.4 Wear and Erosion of Bit Body Reference Condition B: Minor wear or erosion of Bit Body Reference Condition D: Severe erosion or wear of the
Bit Body the bit body, including the gauge pads. Minor wear of a bit body and loss of material. Signs of severe damage to the

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
non-replaceable depth of cut management element but gauge pads and wear elements. Undercutting that severely
no wear or damage to a replaceable depth of cut man- exposes the wear elements or the backreamer, if present. Se-
agment element. Slight damage to the wear elements. vere erosion of the nozzles, including multiple missing threads.
A gauge pad with a step or taper design. Minor wear or
erosion of the nozzles.

Figure 3.2.4.20 Figure 3.2.4.21


Figure 3.2.4.6 Figure 3.2.4.7

Figure 3.2.4.22 Figure 3.2.4.23


Figure 3.2.4.8 Figure 3.2.4.9

Figure 3.2.4.10 Figure 3.2.4.11 Figure 3.2.4.24 Figure 3.2.4.25

Figure 3.2.4.12 Figure 3.2.4.13 Figure 3.2.4.26 Figure 3.2.4.27


Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.4 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for the Wear and Erosion of the Bit Body continued
Wear and Erosion
Section Acceptable Rejectable
of Bit Body
3.2.4 Wear and Erosion of A depth of cut managment element in the gauge area that
Bit Body is ground in order to pass the ring gauging inspection, if
there is evidence that the grinding is relatively uniform
and possibly present on a nearby cutter or other parts
of the bit body

Figure 3.2.4.28
73
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,```

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
74

Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.3.2.1 Pockets, Blades, No cracks Any crack
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles

Figure 3.3.2.1.1

Figure 3.3.2.1.5

Figure 3.3.2.1.2

Figure 3.3.2.1.3 Figure 3.3.2.1.6

Figure 3.3.2.1.4
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- Figure 3.3.2.1.7

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.3.2.1 Pockets, Blades,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.3.2.2.8

Figure 3.3.2.2.9
75

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
76

Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.3.2.2 Gauge Pads No cracks Any crack

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.3.2.2.1

Figure 3.3.2.2.2

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.3.2.3 Shank and Breaker No cracks Any crack
Slot

Figure 3.3.2.3.1 Figure 3.3.2.3.2

Figure 3.3.2.3.3 Figure 3.3.2.3.4


77

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
78

Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.3.2.4 Bond Line and Any void or other imperfection surrounding the bond Any void or other imperfection surrounding the bond line
Separation Line line that is less than or equal to 13/64 inch in every that is greater than 13/64 inch in any major direction or
major direction and less than 3/64 inch in depth and greater than 3/64 inch in depth
not within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection

Figure 3.3.2.4.1 Figure 3.3.2.4.2

Any void or other imperfection that is within 2 inches of any


other void or imperfection
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.3.2.4 Bond Line and The separation line at the shoulder of a non-integral,
Separation Line 3-piece bit

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.3.2.4.3 Figure 3.3.2.4.4

Figure 3.3.2.4.5

Any void or other imperfection surrounding the separa- Any void or other imperfection surrounding the separation
tion line that is less than or equal to 13/64 inch in every line that is greater than 13/64 inch in any major direction or
major direction and less than 3/64 inch in depth and not greater than 3/64 inch in depth
within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection

Any void or other imperfection that is within 2 inches of any


other void or imperfection
3.3.2.5 Through-Hole for No cracks propagating into the through-hole Any crack that propagates into the through-hole
Through-Bit or
Coring Bit
Pits that are measured or visually estimated to be less Any pit that is measured or visually estimated to be deeper
than or equal to 1/8 inch deep than 1/8 inch
79

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
80

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.1 Hardfacing Hairline cracks, which cannot be caught with a finger- Any cracks except hairline cracks (the cracks Shown below
nail, as long as they do not extend into the base metal are not hairline cracks)

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.3.3.1.1

Figure 3.3.3.1.4

Figure 3.3.3.1.2
Figure 3.3.3.1.5

Figure 3.3.3.1.6 Figure 3.3.3.1.7


Figure 3.3.3.1.3

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.1 Hardfacing

Figure 3.3.3.1.8

Figure 3.3.3.1.9

Any void or pore on any part of a blade that is less than Any void or pore on any part of a blade that is greater than
or equal to 1/16 inch in any major direction and depth 1/16 inch in any major direction or depth
81

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
82

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.2 Base Metal No cracks Any crack

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.3.3.2.1

Figure 3.3.3.2.2

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.2 Base Metal

Figure 3.3.3.2.3

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.3.3.2.4

Figure 3.3.3.2.5

Figure 3.3.3.2.6 Figure 3.3.3.2.7


83

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
84

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.2 Base Metal

Figure 3.3.3.2.8
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.3.3.2.9 Figure 3.3.3.2.10

Figure 3.3.3.2.11 Figure 3.3.3.2.12

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.3 Shank and Breaker No cracks Any crack
Slot

Figure 3.3.3.3.1 Figure 3.3.3.3.2

Figure 3.3.3.3.3 Figure 3.3.3.3.4


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
85

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
86

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.4 Closed Loop Surface A surface mark found on any part of the base metal that A surface mark found on any part of the base metal that ap-
Marks forms a closed loop, as long as the entirety of the closed pears to form a closed loop, for which the entirety of the closed
loop can be visually verified loop cannot be visually verified

Figure 3.3.3.4.1

Figure 3.3.3.4.2
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.4 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for the Diamond Bit Body and Sleeve Interface

Section Indications Acceptable Rejectable

3.3.4 Diamond Bit Body Any transverse indication at the interface between the Any indication near the interface between the matrix body
and Sleeve matrix body and the steel sleeve of a diamond bit, if the and the steel sleeve of a diamond bit that is not transverse or
Interface indication is perfectly linear and similar indications exist perfectly linear
in multiple locations spaced apart

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.3.4.1
87

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
88

Table 3.3.5 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Wear of the Bit Body

Section Wear of Bit Body Acceptable Rejectable

3.3.5 Wear No signs of wear Any signs of wear


A depth of cut managment element in the gauge area that
is ground in order to pass the ring gauging inspection, if
there is evidence that the grinding is relatively uniform
and possibly present on a nearby cutter or other parts
of the bit body

Figure 3.3.5.1
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)

Section Seam Weld Acceptable Rejectable

3.3.6.2.1 Visual Examination Undercut, lack of welding, and/or weld which does not Cracks visible to the unaided eye in the weld are not allowed.
of Seam Weld contour to the U-groove in the legs are acceptable. Vis-
ible interruptions at the intersection of vertical seam
weld along the OD of the legs and the dome welds are
acceptable.

Figure 3.3.6.1 Figure 3.3.6.2


89

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
90

Table 3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria continued

Section Seam Weld Acceptable Rejectable

3.3.6.2.1 Visual Examination of Overlapping weld which does not contour to the weld
External Seam Weld grooves in the legs is acceptable
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.3.6.3

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued

Section Seam Weld Acceptable Rejectable

3.3.6.3 Visual Examination of Center crater cracks in ball hole weld and cracks in Cracks around ball hole weld and in the base metal between
Roller Cone Bit Leg shirt-tail hardfacing that do not enter base metal are gauge protection inserts are not acceptable.
acceptable.

Figure 3.3.6.4 Figure 3.3.6.5

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
91

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
92

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.1 Orientation Any marking purposefully applied to a cutter for None
Markings identification or orientation

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.4.3.1.1

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.2 Cracks and
Chipping/Spalling
Rotating Cutters The ring that is created by the socket of a rotating cutter

Figure 3.4.3.2.1

Exposed cutting edge No cracks or chipping/spalling Any crack or chipping/spalling


of the diamond table

Figure 3.4.3.2.2 Figure 3.4.3.2.3


93

Figure 3.4.3.2.4 Figure 3.4.3.2.5


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
94

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.2 Cracks and
Chipping/Spalling
Cutters with One crack or chipped/spalled area if every point of the One crack or chipped/spalled area with any point of the
OD ≤ 9/16 inch crack or chipped/spalled area is within 1/16 inch to the crack or chipped/spalled area over 1/16 inch from the non-
non-exposed edge of the cutter and no point of the exposed edge of the cutter
crack enters the exposed edge of the cutter

Figure 3.4.3.2.6 Figure 3.4.3.2.7 Figure 3.4.3.2.8 Figure 3.4.3.2.9

Cutters with One crack or chipped/spalled area if every point of the One crack or chipped/spalled area with any point of the
OD > 9/16 inch crack or chipped/spalled area is within 1/8 inch to the crack or chipped/spalled area over 1/8 inch from the non-
non-exposed edge of the cutter and no point of the exposed edge of the cutter
crack enters the exposed edge of the cutter

Figure 3.4.3.2.10 Figure 3.4.3.2.11 Figure 3.4.3.2.12 Figure 3.4.3.2.13

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.2 Cracks and
Chipping/Spalling
Additional Criteria More than one crack or more than one chipped/spalled area
on a single cutter, even if the damage does not enter the
exposed edge of the cutter

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.4.3.2.14

Any crack that propagates from the cutter into the substrate

Figure 3.4.3.2.15
Figure 3.4.3.2.16
95

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
96

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.3 Substrate Erosion No erosion or corrosion on the exposed cutting edge Any erosion or corrosion on the exposed cutting edge of
and Corrosion of the diamond table the diamond table

One area of erosion on a single substrate if the erosion More than one area of erosion on a single substrate
is less than or equal to 7/64 inch in every dimension

Any erosion that is greater than 7/64 inch in any dimension

Figure 3.4.3.3.2 Figure 3.4.3.3.3


Figure 3.4.3.3.1

Figure 3.4.3.3.4 Figure 3.4.3.3.5

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.3 Substrate Erosion
and Corrosion

Figure 3.4.3.3.6

Figure 3.4.3.3.7

Figure 3.4.3.3.8 Figure 3.4.3.3.9


97

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
98

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.4 Wear

Exposed cutting edge No wear Any wear


of the diamond table

Figure 3.4.3.4.1 Figure 3.4.3.4.2


Cutters with One or two areas of wear if the gap between the cutter One or two areas of wear if the gap between the cutter
OD ≤ 9/16 inch pocket and the wear line is less than or equal to 1/16 pocket and the wear line is greater than 1/16 inch
inch and no point of the wear enters the exposed edge
of the cutter
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.4.3.4.3 Figure 3.4.3.4.4

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.4 Wear

Cutters with One or two areas of wear if the gap between the cutter One or two areas of wear if the gap between the cutter
OD > 9/16 inch pocket and the wear line is less than or equal to 1/8 pocket and the wear line is greater than 1/8 inch
inch and no point of the wear enters the exposed edge
of the cutter

Figure 3.4.3.4.5 Figure 3.4.3.4.6

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Additional Criteria A cutter in the gauge area that is uniformly ground in More than two areas of wear on a single cutter
order to pass the ring gauging inspection
Areas of wear that overlap one another, even if only two
areas of wear are present

Figure 3.4.3.4.7
99

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
100

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.5 Interfacial Damage One area of interfacial damage on a single cutter if the More than one area of interfacial damage on a single cutter
interfacial damage is less than or equal to 1/16 inch in
every dimension

Any interfacial damage that is greater than 1/16 inch in any


dimension

Figure 3.4.3.5.1 Figure 3.4.3.5.2


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.6 Conical Cutters Any chipping/spalling or other forms of pitting on a Any chipping/spalling or other forms of pitting on a single
single cutter if every pit is less than or equal to 1/32 cutter if any pit is greater than 1/32 inch in any dimension
inch in every dimension

Figure 3.4.3.6.1 Figure 3.4.3.6.2

Wear of the conical nose if the sharpest point of the tip Wear of the conical nose if the sharpest point of the tip is
is less than or equal to 3/64 inch in every dimension greater than 3/64 inch in any dimension

Figure 3.4.3.6.3 Figure 3.4.3.6.4 Figure 3.4.3.6.7


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.4.3.6.5 Figure 3.4.3.6.6


101

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
102

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.6 Conical Cutters No cracks, erosion, corrosion, interfacial damage, or Any crack, erosion, corrosion, interfacial damage, or
substrate damage substrate damage
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.4.3.6.8

Figure 3.4.3.6.9

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.5.3 Cutter 2 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.5.3 Cutters No cracks, chipping/spalling, substrate erosion, wear, Any crack, chipping/spalling, substrate erosion, wear,
corrosion, or interfacial damage corrosion, or interfacial damage
The ring that is created by the socket of a rotating
cutter
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.5.3.1
Figure 3.5.3.3
Any marking purposefully applied to a cutter for
identification or orientation

Figure 3.5.3.2 Figure 3.5.3.4


103

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
104

Table 3.5.3 Cutter 2 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.5.3 Cutters A cutter in the gauge area that is ground in order to
pass the ring gauging inspection

Figure 3.5.3.6 Figure 3.5.3.7

Figure 3.5.3.5

Figure 3.5.3.8 Figure 3.5.3.9

Figure 3.5.3.10 Figure 3.5.3.11

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.5.4 New and Used Roller Cone Cutting Structure Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Cutting
Section Acceptable/Rejectable
Structure
3.5.4.1 Visual Examination Visible cracks on tungsten carbide inserts or cones are not acceptable
of TCI Roller Cone

Figure 3.5.4.1
105

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,

Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
106

Table 3.5.4 New and Used Roller Cone Cutting Structure Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cutting
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Structure
3.5.4.2 Visual Examination Cracks in milled tooth hardfacing that do not enter Cracks in milled tooth hardfacing that enter base metal are
of Milled Tooth the base metal and are not parallel to tooth crest are not acceptable.
Cutting Structure acceptable. Cracks that are parallel to tooth crest are not acceptable.

Figure 3.5.4.2

Figure 3.5.4.3

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3.5.4.4

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.5.5 Location of Ground Gauge Surfaces on a Milled Tooth Roller Cone

Section

3.5.5 Location of ground gauge surfaces of milled teeth


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3.5.5

Table 3.5.6 Ground Milled Tooth Gauge Surface Porosity Acceptance Criteria

Porosity Diameter Critical Areas of Gauge Tooth Non-Critical Area of Gauge Tooth
(See Figure 3.5.5) (See Figure 3.5.5)
Greater than 1/8 inch [3.2 mm] Unacceptable Up to two per tooth
3/32 to 1/8 inch [2.4 - 3.2 mm] Up to two per tooth Acceptable
Less than 3/32 inch [2.4 mm] Up to eight per tooth Acceptable
107

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
108

Table 3.6.5 Visual Bit Connection Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
API
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Connection
3.6.5 Pitting in the Pin Internal pin indications such as spaces between bit legs or leg misalignment are
Inside Diameter allowed. Internal seams can have varying gap widths, and visual seams based on
designed geometry are acceptable.

Figure 3.6.5.1

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.6.5 Visual Bit Connection Inspection Acceptance Criteria continued


API
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Connection
3.6.5 Pin End Surface Pin end surface cracks visible with un-aided eye are not
Cracks acceptable.

Figure 3.6.5.2

Figure 3.6.5.3
109

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
110

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC23 1 1/8 2 58/64 3 9/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/8 2 61/64 3 4/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
1 1/4 2 56/64 3 7/64 -- -- -- -- Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
1 1/2 2 51/64 3 -- -- -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 2 11/16
1 3/4 2 42/64 2 53/64 -- -- -- -- Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC26 1 1/2 3 17/64 3 34/64 -- -- -- -- 3 3/8 3 19/64 3 22/647 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
1 3/4 3 12/64 3 27/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/2 3 20/64 3 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 2/64 3 15/64 -- -- -- -- 3 5/8 3 20/64 3 30/647 Max C'Bore Diameter 3
3 3/4 3 20/64 3 30/647 Boreback Diameter N/A
3 7/8 3 20/64 3 42/647 Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC31 1 1/2 3 63/64 4 20/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/8 3 63/64 4 5/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
1 3/4 3 60/64 4 16/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/4 3 63/64 4 13/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 55/64 4 10/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/8 3 63/64 4 21/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 33/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC35 2 4 23/64 4 46/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/2 4 21/64 4 29/64 Max Pin Length 3 13/16
2 1/4 4 18/64 4 39/64 -- -- -- -- 4 5/8 4 21/64 4 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 4 10/64 4 30/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/4 4 21/64 4 43/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 7/8
Boreback Diameter 3 15/64 - 3 16/64
Pin Relief Diameter 3.200 - 3.231
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 6 3/4 - 7 13/16
NC38 2 1/4 4 44/64 5 4/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/4 4 39/64 4 45/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
2 1/2 4 38/64 4 61/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 39/64 4 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 4 39/64 4 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 9/64
5 1/8 4 39/64 5 5/64 Boreback Diameter 3 30/64 - 3 31/64
5 1/4 4 39/64 5 5/64 Pin Relief Diameter 3.477 - 3.508
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 - 8 1/16

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC40 2 5 6/64 5 34/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/4 5 2/64 5 13/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1/4 5 3/64 5 29/64 -- -- -- -- 5 3/8 5 2/64 5 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 4 62/64 5 24/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/2 5 2/64 5 27/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 13/32
2 13/16 4 53/64 5 13/64 -- -- -- -- 5 5/8 5 2/64 5 27/64 Boreback Diameter 3 42/64 - 3 43/64
5 3/4 5 2/64 5 27/64 Pin Relief Diameter 3.741 - 3.772
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 9/16
NC44 2 1/4 5 35/64 5 63/64 8 68 6 10/64 -- -- 5 1/2 5 27/64 5 29/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1/2 5 31/64 5 60/64 68 6 5/64 -- -- 5 5/8 5 27/64 5 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 5 24/64 5 52/64 -- -- -- -- 5 3/4 5 27/64 5 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 3/4
3 5 19/64 5 45/64 -- -- -- -- 5 7/8 5 27/64 5 53/64 Boreback Diameter 4 - 4 1/64
6 5 27/64 5 56/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.086 - 4.117
6 1/8 5 27/64 5 56/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 1/4 5 27/64 5 57/64 7 Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 9/16
NC46 2 1/4 5 54/64 5 63/64 8 6 10/64 6 31/64 -- -- 6 5 45/64 5 61/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1/2 5 51/64 5 63/64 8 6 7/64 6 27/64 -- -- 6 1/8 5 45/64 6 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 5 45/64 5 63/64 8 6 6 20/64 -- -- 6 1/4 5 45/64 6 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 31/32
3 5 41/64 5 63/64 8 68 6 14/64 -- -- 6 3/8 5 45/64 6 19/64 Boreback Diameter 4 13/64 - 4 7/32
6 1/2 5 45/64 6 19/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.295 - 4.326
6 5/8 5 45/64 6 19/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 3/4 5 45/64 6 19/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 9/16
6 7/8 5 45/64 6 19/64
NC50 2 1/4 -- -- 6 50/64 7 9/64 -- -- 6 1/4 6 11/64 6 13/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1/2 -- -- 6 47/64 7 6/64 -- -- 6 3/8 6 19/64 6 23/64 7 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- 6 43/64 7 1/64 -- -- 6 1/2 6 21/64 6 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 3/8
3 -- -- 6 39/64 6 60/64 -- -- 6 5/8 6 21/64 6 37/64 Boreback Diameter 4 40/64 - 4 41/64
3 1/4 -- -- 6 32/64 6 53/64 -- -- 6 3/4 6 21/64 6 45/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.711 - 4.742
3 1/2 -- -- 6 24/64 6 44/64 -- -- 6 7/8 6 21/64 6 51/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7 6 21/64 6 51/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 9/16


7 1/8 6 21/64 6 51/64
7 1/4 6 21/64 6 51/64
NC56 2 1/2 -- -- 7 28/64 7 55/64 88 8 13/64 7 1/4 7 4/64 7 13/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
2 13/16 -- -- 7 24/64 7 51/64 88 8 8/64 7 3/8 7 4/64 7 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 -- -- 7 21/64 7 48/64 88 8 5/64 7 1/2 7 4/64 7 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6
3 1/4 -- -- 7 17/64 7 42/64 -- -- 7 5/8 7 4/64 7 37/64 Boreback Diameter 4 51/64 - 4 52/64
3 1/2 -- -- 7 10/64 7 35/64 -- -- 7 3/4 7 4/64 7 45/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5.246 - 5.277
111

7 7/8 7 4/64 7 53/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)


8 7 4/64 7 58/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
112

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC61 2 13/16 -- -- 7 10/64 7 35/64 -- -- 8 7 47/64 7 61/64 Max Pin Length 5 9/16
3 -- -- -- -- 8 27/64 9 2/64 8 1/8 7 47/64 8 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 8 24/64 8 63/64 8 1/4 7 47/64 8 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 9/16

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 21/64 8 59/64 8 3/8 7 47/64 8 21/64 Boreback Diameter 5 15/64 - 5 16/64
8 1/2 7 47/64 8 29/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5.808 - 5.839
8 5/8 7 47/64 8 37/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
8 3/4 7 47/64 8 45/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 1/2 - 9 9/16
8 7/8 7 47/64 8 53/64
9 7 47/64 8 54/64
NC70 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 45/64 10 26/64 9 1/4 8 57/64 9 13/64 Max Pin Length 6 1/16
3 -- -- -- -- 9 43/64 10 24/64 9 3/8 8 57/64 9 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 9 41/64 10 22/64 9 1/2 8 57/64 9 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 7/16
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 9 38/64 10 18/64 9 5/8 8 57/64 9 37/64 Boreback Diameter 5 63/64 - 6
9 3/4 8 57/64 9 45/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.683 - 6.714
9 7/8 8 57/64 9 53/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
10 8 57/64 9 61/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 9 - 10 1/16
2 3/8 REG 1 7/16 2 47/64 2 62/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/8 2 62/64 3 5/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
1 1/2 2 45/64 2 60/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/4 2 62/64 3 13/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 3/8 2 62/64 3 19/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 3/4
3 1/2 2 62/64 3 19/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2 7/8 REG 1 5/16 3 18/64 3 37/64 -- -- -- -- 3 7/8 3 31/64 3 51/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
1 1/2 3 15/64 3 34/64 -- -- -- -- Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
1 3/4 3 9/64 3 27/64 -- -- -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 3 1/8
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3 1/2 REG 1 1/2 3 60/64 4 19/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/8 4 6/64 4 21/64 Max Pin Length 3 13/16
1 3/4 3 56/64 4 15/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/2 4 6/64 4 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 51/64 4 9/64 -- -- -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 3 5/8
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
4 1/2 REG 2 1/4 5 23/64 5 53/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/2 5 25/64 5 29/64 Max Pin Length 4 5/16
2 1/2 5 19/64 5 49/64 -- -- -- -- 5 5/8 5 25/64 5 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 3/4 5 25/64 5 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 3/4
5 7/8 5 25/64 5 53/64 Boreback Diameter 3 46/64 - 3 47/64
6 5 25/64 5 58/64 Pin Relief Diameter 3.982 - 4.013
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 3/8 - 8 5/16
5 1/2 REG 2 1/2 -- -- 6 55/64 7 16/64 -- -- 6 5/8 6 35/64 6 37/64 Max Pin Length 4 13/16
2 13/16 -- -- 6 51/64 7 11/64 -- -- 6 3/4 6 36/64 6 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 -- -- 6 47/64 7 7/64 -- -- 6 7/8 6 36/64 6 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 41/64
3 1/4 -- -- 6 41/64 7 -- -- 7 6 36/64 6 61/64 Boreback Diameter 4 32/64 - 4 33/64
3 1/2 -- -- 6 33/64 6 55/64 -- -- 7 1/8 6 36/64 7 5/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.838 - 4.869
7 1/4 6 36/64 7 12/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
7 3/8 6 36/64 7 12/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 13/16
7 1/2 6 36/64 7 12/64
6 5/8 REG 2 13/16 -- -- 7 45/64 7 56/64 8 88 8 29/64 7 1/2 7 10/64 7 29/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
3 -- -- 7 43/64 7 56/64 8
88 8 26/64 7 5/8 7 10/64 7 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- 7 39/64 7 56/64 8 88 8 21/64 7 3/4 7 10/64 7 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 1/8
3 1/2 -- -- 7 33/64 7 56/64 8
88 8 14/64 7 7/8 7 10/64 7 53/64 Boreback Diameter 5 18/64 - 5 19/64
8 7 10/64 7 61/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5.386 - 5.417
8 1/8 7 10/64 8 5/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
8 1/4 7 10/64 8 8/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
7 5/8 REG FF 3 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 14/64 9 32/64 3 8 5/8 8 31/64 8 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 5/16
3 -- -- -- -- 9 13/64 9 32/64 3 8 3/4 8 31/64 8 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 9 10/64 9 32/64 3 8 7/8 8 31/64 8 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 5/32 (Full Fc)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 9 6/64 9 32/64 3 9 8 31/64 8 61/64 Boreback Diameter 5 55/64 - 5 56/64
9 1/8 8 31/64 9 5/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.318 - 6.349
9 1/4 8 31/64 9 13/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
9 3/8 8 31/64 9 21/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 3/8 - 9 5/16
9 1/2 8 31/64 9 29/64

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7 5/8 REG LT 4 2 1/2 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 59/64 9 1/2 8 60/64 9 29/64 Max Pin Length 5 5/16
2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 56/64 Min C'Bore Depth 1/4
3 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 54/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 13/16 (Low Tq.)
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 51/64 Boreback Diameter 5 55/64 - 5 56/64
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 47/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.318 - 6.349
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
113

Boreback Cylinder Length 8 3/8 - 9 5/16

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
114

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
8 5/8 REG FF 3 3 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 5/8 9 35/64 9 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 7/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- N/A 5
N/A 5 9 3/4 9 43/64 9 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 7/8 9 45/64 9 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 8 7/64 (Full Fc)
10 9 45/64 9 61/64 Boreback Diameter 6 50/64 - 6 51/64
10 1/8 9 45/64 10 5/64 Pin Relief Diameter 7.270 - 7.301
10 1/4 9 45/64 10 13/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
10 3/8 9 45/64 10 21/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 1/2 - 9 7/16
10 1/2 9 45/64 10 29/64
8 5/8 REG LT 4 2 -- -- -- -- 10 44/64 11 28/64 10 5/8 10 6/64 10 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 7/16
2 1/4 -- -- -- -- 10 43/64 11 28/64 Min C'Bore Depth 1/4
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2 1/2 -- -- -- -- 10 42/64 11 27/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 9 1/16 (Low Tq.)


2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 10 41/64 11 25/64 Boreback Diameter 6 50/64 - 6 51/64
3 -- -- -- -- 10 40/64 11 24/64 Pin Relief Diameter 7.270 - 7.301
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 10 38/64 11 22/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 10 36/64 11 19/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 1/2 - 9 7/16
5 1/2 FH 2 1/2 -- -- 7 33/64 7 56/64 8 -- 8 15/64 6 7/8 6 51/64 6 53/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
2 13/16 -- -- 7 29/64 7 54/64 -- 8 11/64 7 6 59/64 6 61/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 -- -- 7 27/64 7 51/64 -- 8 8/64 7 1/8 7 1/64 7 5/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 31/32
3 1/4 -- -- 7 22/64 7 46/64 -- 8 2/64 7 1/4 7 1/64 7 13/64 Boreback Diameter 5 7/64 - 5 8/64
7 3/8 7 1/64 7 21/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5 7/32 - 5 8/32
7 1/2 7 1/64 7 28/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
7 5/8 7 1/64 7 28/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
7 3/4 7 1/64 7 28/64
7 7/8 7 1/64 7 28/64
8 7 1/64 7 31/64 7
6 5/8 FH 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 5/64 9 44/64 8 7 59/64 7 61/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
3 -- -- -- -- 9 3/64 9 42/64 8 1/8 8 3/64 8 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 9 9 39/64 8 1/4 8 11/64 8 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 29/32
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 61/64 9 35/64 8 3/8 8 12/64 8 21/64 Boreback Diameter 6 3/64 - 6 4/64
8 1/2 8 12/64 8 29/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.148 - 6.179
8 5/8 8 12/64 8 37/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
8 3/4 8 12/64 8 42/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
8 7/8 8 12/64 8 42/64
9 8 12/64 8 42/64
9 1/8 8 12/64 8 42/64
9 1/4 8 12/64 8 42/64

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC77 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 10 44/64 11 30/64 10 1/2 9 51/64 10 29/64 Max Pin Length 6 9/16
3 -- -- -- -- 10 43/64 11 29/64 10 5/8 9 51/64 10 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 10 41/64 11 27/64 10 3/4 9 51/64 10 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 8 1/8
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 10 39/64 11 24/64 10 7/8 9 51/64 10 53/64 Boreback Diameter 6 35/64 - 6 36/64
11 9 51/64 10 61/64 Pin Relief Diameter 7.371 - 7.402
11 1/8 9 51/64 11 5/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 9 1/2 - 10 9/16
3-1/2 FH 2 4 35/64 4 60/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 40/64 4 53/64 Max Pin Length 3 13/16
2 1/4 4 30/64 4 55/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 40/64 4 61/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 4 23/64 4 47/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/8 4 40/64 5 4/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 7/64
5 1/4 4 40/64 5 4/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
4-1/2 FH 2 1/2 5 36/64 5 63/64 8 68 6 13/64 -- -- 5 3/4 5 37/64 5 45/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
2 13/16 5 30/64 5 60/64 68 6 5/64 -- -- 5 7/8 5 37/64 5 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 5 25/64 5 53/64 -- -- -- -- 6 5 37/64 5 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 15/16
3 1/4 5 16/64 5 43/64 -- -- -- -- 6 1/8 5 37/64 5 63/64 Boreback Diameter 3 61/64 - 3 62/64
6 1/4 5 37/64 5 63/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.149 - 4.180
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 - 8 1/16
2-3/8 OH 1 15/16 3 5/64 3 17/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/8 3 2/64 3 5/64 Max Pin Length 2 9/16
2 3 2/64 3 14/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/4 3 2/64 3 13/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 3/8 3 2/64 3 19/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 55/64
3 1/2 3 2/64 3 19/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 OH 1 3/4 3 48/64 4 3/64 -- -- -- -- 3 3/4 3 40/64 3 45/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
2 3 43/64 3 60/64 -- -- -- -- 3 7/8 3 40/64 3 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
4 3 40/64 3 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 17/64
4 1/8 3 40/64 4 1/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
115
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
116

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
2-3/8 PAC 1 3/8 2 46/64 2 59/64 -- -- -- -- 2 3/4 2 43/64 2 46/64 7 Max Pin Length 2 7/16
2 49/64 Min C'Bore Depth 5/16

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1 1/2 2 43/64 2 55/64 -- -- -- -- 2 7/8 2 44/64
1 3/4 2 33/64 2 42/64 -- -- -- -- 3 2 44/64 2 49/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 15/32
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 PAC 1 1/2 2 60/64 3 9/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/8 2 56/64 3 5/64 Max Pin Length 2 7/16
1 3/4 2 52/64 2 63/64 -- -- -- -- Min C'Bore Depth 5/16
Max C'Bore Diameter 2 41/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3-1/2 PAC 1 1/2 3 41/64 3 60/64 -- -- -- -- 3 3/4 3 36/64 3 45/64 Max Pin Length 3 5/16
1 3/4 3 37/64 3 55/64 -- -- -- -- 3 7/8 3 36/64 3 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 31/64 3 47/64 -- -- -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 3 11/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-3/8 SH 1 7/16 2 40/64 2 53/64 -- -- -- -- 3 2 47/64 2 61/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
1 1/2 2 39/64 2 51/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/16 2 47/64 3 1/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/8 2 47/64 3 1/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 9/16
3 3/16 2 47/64 3 1/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 XH 1 1/2 3 55/64 4 12/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/8 3 56/64 4 5/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
1 3/4 3 51/64 4 7/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/4 3 56/64 4 13/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 46/64 4 1/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/8 3 56/64 4 16/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 27/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
3-1/2 XH 1 5/8 4 36/64 4 60/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/4 4 32/64 4 45/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
1 3/4 4 35/64 4 58/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 32/64 4 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 4 31/64 4 54/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 32/64 4 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 15/16
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3-1/2 H90 2 4 60/64 5 23/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 50/64 4 61/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
2 1/4 4 57/64 5 18/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/8 4 50/64 5 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 4 51/64 5 12/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/4 4 50/64 5 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 1/4
5 3/8 4 50/64 5 17/64 Boreback Diameter 3 36/64 - 3 37/64
5 1/2 4 50/64 5 17/64 Pin Relief Diameter 3 39/64 - 3 41/64

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 - 8 1/16
4 H90 2 5 29/64 5 59/64 68 6 5/64 -- -- 5 1/2 5 17/64 5 29/64 Max Pin Length 4 5/16
2 1/4 5 27/64 5 56/64 68 6 1/64 -- -- 5 5/8 5 17/64 5 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 5 23/64 5 51/64 -- -- -- -- 5 3/4 5 17/64 5 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 5/8
2 13/16 5 16/64 5 42/64 -- -- -- -- 5 7/8 5 17/64 5 47/64 Boreback Diameter 3 56/64 - 3 57/64
6 5 17/64 5 47/64 Pin Relief Diameter 3 61/64 - 4 1/64
6 1/8 5 17/64 5 49/64 7 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 1/4 5 17/64 5 49/64 7 Boreback Cylinder Length 7 3/8 - 8 5/16
4-1/2 H90 2 5 58/64 5 63/64 8 6 16/64 6 37/64 -- -- 6 5 44/64 5 61/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1/4 5 56/64 5 63/64 8 6 13/64 6 35/64 -- -- 6 1/8 5 44/64 6 2/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 5 53/64 5 63/64 8 6 10/64 6 31/64 -- -- 6 1/4 5 44/64 6 2/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 61/64
2 13/16 5 47/64 5 63/64 8 6 3/64 6 24/64 -- -- 6 3/8 5 44/64 6 2/64 Boreback Diameter 4 12/64 - 4 13/64
3 5 43/64 5 63/64 8 68 6 18/64 -- -- 6 1/2 5 44/64 6 2/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.319 - 4.350
3 1/4 5 35/64 5 63/64 68 6 8/64 -- -- 6 5/8 5 44/64 6 17/64 7 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 3/4 5 44/64 6 17/64 7 Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 9/16
5 H90 2 1/4 -- -- 6 38/64 6 61/64 -- -- 6 1/2 6 4/64 6 29/64 Max Pin Length 4 13/16
2 1/2 -- -- 6 35/64 6 58/64 -- -- 6 5/8 6 4/64 6 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- 6 30/64 6 52/64 -- -- 6 3/4 6 4/64 6 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 15/64
3 -- -- 6 26/64 6 47/64 -- -- 6 7/8 6 4/64 6 29/64 Boreback Diameter 4 26/64 - 4 27/64
3 1/4 5 62/64 5 63/64 8 6 19/64 6 39/64 -- -- 7 6 4/64 6 29/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4 19/32 - 4 5/8
3 1/2 5 54/64 5 63/64 8 6 9/64 6 29/64 -- -- Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 13/16
117

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
118

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
5-1/2 H90 2 1/4 -- -- 7 7 24/64 -- -- 6 3/4 6 15/64 6 45/64 Max Pin Length 4 13/16
2 1/2 -- -- 6 61/64 7 21/64 -- -- 6 7/8 6 15/64 6 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- 6 57/64 7 16/64 -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 5 1/2
3 -- -- 6 53/64 7 12/64 -- -- Boreback Diameter 4 44/64 - 4 45/64
3 1/4 -- -- 6 47/64 7 6/64 -- -- Pin Relief Diameter 4 55/64 - 4 57/64
3 1/2 -- -- 6 40/64 6 61/64 -- -- Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 13/16
6-5/8 H90 2 13/16 -- -- 7 53/64 7 56/64 8 8 2/64 8 38/64 7 5/8 7 6/64 7 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
3 -- -- 7 50/64 7 56/64 8 8 8 35/64 7 3/4 7 6/64 7 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- 7 46/64 7 56/64 8 88 8 30/64 7 7/8 7 6/64 7 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 1/8
3 1/2 -- -- 7 41/64 7 56/64 8 88 8 24/64 8 7 6/64 7 61/64 Boreback Diameter 5 17/64 - 5 18/64
8 1/8 7 6/64 8 3/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5 31/64 - 5 33/64
8 1/4 7 6/64 8 3/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
7 H90 FF 3 2 1/2 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 8 1/4 7 48/64 8 13/64 Max Pin Length 5 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- -- -- N/A 5
N/A 5 8 3/8 7 48/64 8 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 8 1/2 7 48/64 8 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 5/8 (Full Fc)
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 8 30/64 8 32/64 3 Boreback Diameter 5 17/64 - 5 18/64
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 26/64 8 32/64 3 Pin Relief Diameter 5.914 - 5.945
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 8 1/2 - 9 9/16
7 H90 LT 4 2 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 38/64 9 15/64 8 5/8 8 17/64 8 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 8 36/64 9 12/64 8 3/4 8 17/64 8 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/32
3 -- -- -- -- 8 34/64 9 9/64 8 7/8 8 17/64 8 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 3/16 (Low Tq.)
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 8 32/64 4 9 5/64 9 8 17/64 8 61/64 Boreback Diameter 5 17/64 - 5 18/64
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 32/64 4 9 Pin Relief Diameter 5.914 - 5.945
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 8 1/2 - 9 9/16
7-5/8 H90 FF 3 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 3/8 8 50/64 9 21/64 Max Pin Length 6 3/16

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3 -- -- -- -- N/A 5
N/A 5 9 1/2 8 50/64 9 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 5/8 8 50/64 9 37/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 33/64 (Full Fc)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 Boreback Diameter 6 - 6 1/64
Pin Relief Diameter 6.803 - 6.834
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 9 - 10 3/16

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
7-5/8 H90 LT 4 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 55/64 10 37/64 9 3/4 9 21/64 9 45/64 Max Pin Length 6 3/16
3 -- -- -- -- 9 53/64 10 35/64 9 7/8 9 21/64 9 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/32
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 9 51/64 10 33/64 10 9 21/64 9 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 8 1/16 (Low Tq.)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 9 48/64 10 29/64 10 1/8 9 21/64 10 5/64 Boreback Diameter 6 - 6 1/64
10 1/4 9 21/64 10 13/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.803 - 6.834
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 9 - 10 3/16
8-5/8 H90 FF 3 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 10 1/2 9 47/64 10 29/64 Max Pin Length 6 11/16
3 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 10 5/8 9 47/64 10 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- N/A 5
N/A 5
Max C'Bore Diameter 8 25/64 (Full Fc)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 Boreback Diameter 6 3/4 - 6 49/64
Pin Relief Diameter 7.678 - 7.709
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 9 1/2 - 10 11/16
8-5/8 H90 LT 4 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 11 8/64 11 60/64 10 3/4 10 43/64 10 45/64 Max Pin Length 6 11/16
3 -- -- -- -- 11 7/64 11 59/64 10 7/8 10 43/64 10 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/32
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 11 5/64 11 57/64 11 10 43/64 10 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 9 7/16 (Low Tq.)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 11 3/64 11 55/64 11 1/8 10 43/64 11 5/64 Boreback Diameter 6 3/4 - 6 49/64
11 1/4 10 43/64 11 13/64 Pin Relief Diameter 7.678 - 7.709
11 3/8 10 43/64 11 21/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
11 1/2 10 43/64 11 24/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 9 1/2 - 10 11/16
NC10 23/32 1 18/64 1 23/64 -- -- -- -- 1 3/8 1 19/64 1 21/64 Max Pin Length 1 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth 3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter 1 17/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NC12 29/32 1 31/64 1 38/64 -- -- -- -- 1 5/8 1 33/64 1 38/64 7 Max Pin Length 1 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth 3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter 1 15/32
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
119

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
120

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC13 15/16 1 44/64 1 51/64 -- -- -- -- 1 13/16 1 44/64 1 50/64 7 Max Pin Length 1 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth 3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter 1 19/32
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC16 1 2 2 9/64 -- -- -- -- 2 1/8 1 61/64 2 6/64 7 Max Pin Length 1 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth 3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter 1 13/16
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 FH 2 1/8 3 62/64 4 20/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/4 4 7/64 4 13/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
2 1/4 3 58/64 4 15/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/8 4 7/64 4 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 3 48/64 4 3/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/2 4 7/64 4 25/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 3/4
4 5/8 4 7/64 4 25/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
5-1/2 IF 2 1/8 -- -- -- -- 8 43/64 9 17/64 7 7/8 7 51/64 7 53/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
2 1/4 -- -- -- -- 8 43/64 9 17/64 8 7 53/64 7 7 61/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 41/64 9 15/64 8 1/8 7 53/64 7 8 5/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 33/64
2 3/4 -- -- -- -- 8 39/64 9 13/64 8 1/4 7 53/64 7 8 13/64 Boreback Diameter 5 44/64 - 5 45/64
3 -- -- -- -- 8 36/64 9 9/64 8 3/8 7 54/64 8 21/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5.858 - 5.889
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 8 33/64 9 5/64 8 1/2 7 54/64 8 29/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 28/64 9 8 5/8 7 54/64 8 37/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
8 3/4 7 54/64 8 41/64
8 7/8 7 54/64 8 41/64
6-5/8 IF 2 1/4 -- -- -- -- 10 15/64 10 60/64 9 3/4 9 13/64 9 45/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
2 1/2 -- -- -- -- 10 15/64 10 59/64 9 7/8 9 13/64 9 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3/4 -- -- -- -- 10 13/64 10 58/64 10 9 13/64 9 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 37/64
3 -- -- -- -- 10 12/64 10 56/64 10 1/8 9 13/64 10 5/64 Boreback Diameter 6 48/64 - 6 49/64
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 10 10/64 10 53/64 10 1/4 9 13/64 10 13/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.920 - 6.951
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 10 7/64 10 50/64 10 3/8 9 13/64 10 21/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
3 3/4 -- -- -- -- 10 4/64 10 47/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`

4 -- -- -- -- 10 10 42/64

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
3-1/2 OH 2 1/8 4 47/64 5 7/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 34/64 4 53/64 Max Pin Length 3 5/16
2 1/4 4 45/64 5 4/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 34/64 4 61/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 4 39/64 4 61/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/8 4 34/64 5 2/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 1/64
5 1/4 4 34/64 5 2/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
4 OH SW 2 1/2 5 39/64 -- -- 6 13/64 -- -- 5 5/8 5 22/64 5 37/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
2 3/4 5 34/64 5 62/64 -- 6 7/64 -- -- 5 3/4 5 22/64 5 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 7/8 5 22/64 5 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 45/64
6 5 22/64 5 61/64 Boreback Diameter 4 10/64 - 4 11/64
Pin Relief Diameter 4.135 - 4.166
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 - 8 1/16
4 OH LW 2 1/2 5 41/64 -- -- 6 15/64 -- -- 5 5/8 5 22/64 5 37/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
2 3/4 5 36/64 -- -- 6 9/64 -- -- 5 3/4 5 22/64 5 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 7/8 5 22/64 5 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 45/64
6 5 22/64 5 61/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
4-1/2 OH 2 1/8 -- -- 6 32/64 6 54/64 -- -- 6 3/8 5 54/64 6 21/64 Max Pin Length 3 13/16
2 1/4 -- -- 6 31/64 6 52/64 -- -- 6 1/2 5 54/64 6 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 -- -- 6 28/64 6 49/64 -- -- 6 5/8 5 54/64 6 32/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 1/64
2 3/4 -- -- 6 24/64 6 44/64 -- -- 6 3/4 5 54/64 6 32/64 Boreback Diameter 4 34/64 - 4 35/64
Pin Relief Diameter 4.471 - 4.502
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 6 3/4 - 7 13/16
2-3/8 WO 1 13/16 3 7/64 3 20/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/4 3 7/64 3 13/64 Max Pin Length 2 7/16
3 3/8 3 7/64 3 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/2 3 7/64 3 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 59/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
121

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
122

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
2-7/8 WO 1 1/2 3 60/64 4 16/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3 55/64 7 3 61/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
4 1/8 3 55/64 7 4 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
4 1/4 3 57/64 4 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 7/16
4 3/8 3 57/64 4 20/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3-1/2 WO 1 13/16 4 53/64 5 14/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 46/64 4 61/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
5 1/8 4 46/64 5 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter 4 9/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-3/8 SL H90 1 1/4 3 20/64 3 36/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/4 3 7/64 3 13/64 Max Pin Length 2 7/8
3 3/8 3 7/64 3 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter 2 53/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 SL H90 1 1/2 3 60/64 4 15/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3 45/64 3 61/64 Max Pin Length 3
4 1/8 3 45/64 4 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
4 1/4 3 45/64 4 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 19/64
4 3/8 3 45/64 4 14/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3-1/2 SL H90 1 7/8 4 49/64 5 9/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/4 4 28/64 4 45/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/4
2 4 48/64 5 7/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 28/64 4 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5 4 28/64 4 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 15/16
5 1/8 4 28/64 5 Boreback Diameter N/A
5 1/4 4 28/64 5 Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
NOTES: Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
1. On BHA components (other than bit boxes) with smaller ODs than listed, break corner 1/32" × 45° or use smallest bevel diameter shown, whichever is smaller. The largest bevel diameter
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID is the largest bevel diameter recommended for that connection. Depending on the mating component's
shown for a connection dimensions and the API recommended makeup torque,
Connection
galling or finningNom OD OD OD OD OD OD
of the seal may occur from makeup alone, which may require seal refacing. Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
2. It was found that connections employing bevel diameter ranges from DS-1 First and Second Editions may experience seal stresses exceeding yield. This can occur in certain cases when
tools with small pin ODs and IDs are mated with tools having large box ODs and are tightened to API makeup torque. To remedy this problem, bevel diameter ranges were calculated
to ensure that seal stress always falls between 40 and 100 percent of minimum yield stress at API makeup torque. The formulas and methodology for calculating these bevel diameters
are given in DS-1 Volume 3.
3. The acceptance criteria here are based on the need for a "low torque" face on connections with larger diameters than those shown. For BSRs, see Table 3.7.4.3 of this volume.
4. The acceptance criteria here are based on the need for a "full face" on connections with smaller diameters than those shown. For BSRs, see Table 3.7.4.3 of this volume.
5. This connection cannot meet the listed BSR with "full face" dimensions.
6. The pin stress relief groove width range in this table is based on the results of finite element analysis (FEA) and fatigue analysis performed by T H Hill Associates. See DS-1 Fifth Edition,
Volume 2 for more information on this analysis. If boreback cylinder diameter is the same as the ID of the component, then maximum boreback cylinder length requirement does not
apply.
7. Bevel diameter has been modified in order to avoid a conflict with the acceptance criteria in Clause 6.2, API Specification 7-2, First Edition, Addendum 1. Connections may experience
a seal stress less than 40 percent of minimum yield stress when tools with large pin IDs are mated with tools having small box ODs and tightened to API makeup torque. Connection
may also experience seal stresses exceeding yield in certain cases when tools with small pin ODs and IDs are mated with tools having large box ODs and are tightened to API makeup
torque.
8. The specified BSR (Bending Strength Ratio) range determines the acceptable minimum and maximum outside diameters for BHA components. The three BSR ranges (and their
corresponding diameters) are: Drill Collar OD Recommended BSR Range
< 6 inches 1.8 - 2.5
6 - < 8 inches 2.25 - 2.75
≥ 8 inches 2.5 - 3.2
These ranges are based on the Recommended BSR Ranges and design constraints that have been provided in DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 3. They are given here for the inspector's
convenience in the event that they apply to the inspection being conducted. If a BSR range other than one of these is specified, the inspector must refer to Table 3.7.4.3 of this volume
to determine minimum and maximum acceptable outside diameters. If no BSR range is specified, the inspector should check with the person ordering the inspection to determine the
BSR range he or she desires. The compliance of acceptable Drill Collar OD ranges with the design constraints has been explained in the following example:

The Outside Diameter Range has been calculated for recommended BSR ranges based on the formulas and methodology provided in DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 3.

Calculated Outside Diameter Range (Volume 3) The recommended BSR range of 1.8 - 2.5 is based on Design Constraint that Drill Collar
OD < 6". Therefore maximum acceptable OD is restricted to 5 63/64".
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2
ID The recommended BSR range of 2.25 - 2.75 is based on Design Constraint that Drill Col-
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD lar OD is between 6" and 7-7/8". Therefore minimum acceptable OD is restricted to 6".
Nom.
Min Max Min Max Min Max
The recommended BSR range of 2.5 - 3.2 is based on Design Constraint that Drill Collar
NC44 2 1/4 5 35/64 6 5 54/64 6 10/64 6 6 27/64 OD ≥ 8". Therefore, there is no acceptable OD range.

Therefore, the Acceptable Outside Diameter Range is given below:


Acceptable Outside Diameter Range
(Volume 3)
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD
Nom.
Min Max Min Max Min Max
123

NC44 2 1/4 5 35/64 5 63/64 6 6 10/64 -- --


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
124

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Table 3.7.4.2
Acceptable BitDiameter
Outside Bevel Diameter
Range 8 Ranges for API Reg Connections
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 (AllBSR
dimensions
2.5 - 3.2in inches)
OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1
Min Max
Bevel Diameter
Connection
Minimum Maximum

2-3/8 REG 3 1/16 3 3/32

2-7/8 REG 3 5/8 3 21/32

3-1/2 REG 4 1/8 4 5/32

4-1/2 REG 5 11/32 5 3/8

6-5/8 REG 7 3/8 7 13/32

7-5/8 REG 8 31/64 8 33/64

8-5/8 REG 9 9/16 9 19/32

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections

NC23
OD (in)
ID (in) 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2
1-1/4 1.45 1.80 2.17 2.57 3.00 3.46 3.95
1-1/2 1.66 2.06 2.49 2.94 3.43 3.96 4.52
1-3/4 2.18 2.70 3.26 3.86 4.51 5.20

NC26
OD (in)
ID (in) 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4
1-1/2 1.43 1.74 2.07 2.42 2.79 3.18 3.60 4.04

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1-3/4 1.64 1.99 2.36 2.76 3.19 3.64 4.11 4.62
2 2.10 2.55 3.03 3.54 4.08 4.66 5.27 5.92

NC31
OD (in)
ID (in) 3-7/8 4 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4
1-1/2 1.59 1.84 2.10 2.37 2.65 2.95 3.27 3.60
1-3/4 1.69 1.94 2.22 2.51 2.81 3.13 3.46 3.81
2 1.85 2.14 2.44 2.75 3.08 3.43 3.80 4.19

NC35
OD (in)
ID (in) 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4 4-7/8 5 5-1/8 5-1/4
1-1/2 1.26 1.46 1.66 1.88 2.11 2.35 2.60 2.86 3.14 3.42
1-3/4 1.30 1.51 1.73 1.95 2.19 2.44 2.69 2.97 3.25 3.55
2 1.38 1.60 1.83 2.07 2.32 2.58 2.85 3.14 3.44 3.76
2-1/4 1.51 1.75 2.00 2.26 2.53 2.82 3.12 3.43 3.76 4.11
2-1/2 1.74 2.01 2.29 2.59 2.91 3.24 3.58 3.95 4.32 4.72

NC38
OD (in)
ID (in) 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4 4-7/8 5 5-1/8 5-1/4 5-3/8 5-1/2 5-5/8
1-1/2 1.31 1.50 1.69 1.89 2.09 2.31 2.54 2.78 3.02 3.28
1-3/4 1.35 1.54 1.73 1.94 2.15 2.37 2.61 2.85 3.10 3.37
2 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.01 2.24 2.47 2.71 2.97 3.23 3.50
2-1/4 1.49 1.70 1.92 2.14 2.38 2.63 2.88 3.15 3.43 3.73
2-1/2 1.64 1.87 2.10 2.35 2.61 2.88 3.17 3.46 3.77 4.09
125

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
126

Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections

NC40
OD (in)
ID (in) 5 5-1/8 5-1/4 5-3/8 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8
2 1.66 1.85 2.04 2.25 2.46 2.68 2.91 3.14 3.39 3.65
2-1/4 1.74 1.93 2.14 2.35 2.57 2.80 3.04 3.29 3.55 3.82
2-1/2 1.86 2.07 2.29 2.51 2.75 2.99 3.25 3.52 3.79 4.08
2-13/16 2.11 2.35 2.60 2.86 3.12 3.40 3.70 4.00 4.31

NC44
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2
2 1.86 2.04 2.22 2.41 2.61 2.82 3.03 3.25
2-1/4 1.92 2.10 2.29 2.49 2.70 2.91 3.13 3.36
2-1/2 2.01 2.20 2.40 2.61 2.82 3.04 3.27 3.51
2-13/16 2.19 2.39 2.61 2.84 3.07 3.31 3.56 3.82

NC46
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8 6-3/4 6-7/8 7
2 1.33 1.48 1.64 1.80 1.97 2.14 2.32 2.50 2.70 2.89 3.10 3.31 3.53
2-1/4 1.37 1.52 1.68 1.85 2.02 2.19 2.38 2.57 2.77 2.97 3.18 3.40 3.62
2-1/2 1.42 1.58 1.74 1.91 2.09 2.28 2.47 2.66 2.87 3.08 3.30 3.53 3.76
2-13/16 1.52 1.69 1.87 2.05 2.24 2.44 2.64 2.85 3.07 3.30 3.53 3.77 4.02
3 1.61 1.79 1.97 2.17 2.37 2.58 2.79 3.02 3.25 3.49 3.74 3.99
3-1/4 1.78 1.98 2.19 2.40 2.62 2.85 3.09 3.34 3.60 3.86 4.14 4.42

NC50
OD (in)
ID (in) 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8 6-3/4 6-7/8 7 7-1/8 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-1/2
2-1/4 1.31 1.45 1.59 1.74 1.89 2.04 2.21 2.37 2.54 2.72 2.91 3.10 3.29
2-1/2 1.34 1.48 1.63 1.78 1.93 2.10 2.26 2.43 2.61 2.79 2.98 3.17 3.38
2-13/16 1.41 1.55 1.71 1.86 2.03 2.19 2.37 2.55 2.73 2.92 3.12 3.32 3.53
3 1.46 1.61 1.77 1.93 2.10 2.28 2.46 2.64 2.83 3.03 3.24 3.45 3.67
3-1/4 1.56 1.72 1.89 2.06 2.24 2.43 2.62 2.82 3.02 3.24 3.45 3.68 3.91
3-1/2 1.70 1.88 2.06 2.25 2.45 2.65 2.86 3.08 3.30 3.53 3.77 4.02

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections

NC56
OD (in)
ID (in) 6-5/8 6-3/4 6-7/8 7 7-1/8 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-1/2 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-7/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/4
2-1/4 1.40 1.52 1.63 1.76 1.88 2.02 2.15 2.29 2.43 2.58 2.73 2.89 3.05 3.22
2-13/16 1.46 1.58 1.71 1.84 1.97 2.11 2.25 2.39 2.54 2.70 2.86 3.02 3.19 3.36
3 1.50 1.62 1.75 1.88 2.02 2.16 2.30 2.45 2.60 2.76 2.92 3.09 3.26 3.44
3-1/4 1.56 1.69 1.82 1.95 2.10 2.24 2.39 2.55 2.71 2.87 3.04 3.21 3.39 3.58
3-1/2 1.64 1.77 1.91 2.06 2.21 2.36 2.52 2.68 2.85 3.02 3.20 3.38 3.57 3.77

NC61
OD (in)
ID (in) 7-1/2 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-7/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/4 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-5/8 8-3/4 8-7/8 9 9-1/8
2-1/2 1.58 1.69 1.80 1.91 2.03 2.16 2.28 2.41 2.54 2.68 2.82 2.96 3.11 3.26
2-13/16 1.61 1.72 1.83 1.95 2.07 2.20 2.32 2.46 2.59 2.73 2.87 3.02 3.17 3.32
3 1.63 1.74 1.86 1.98 2.10 2.23 2.36 2.49 2.63 2.77 2.92 3.06 3.22 3.37
3-1/4 1.67 1.79 1.91 2.03 2.16 2.29 2.42 2.56 2.70 2.84 2.99 3.14 3.30 3.46
3-1/2 1.73 1.85 1.97 2.10 2.23 2.36 2.50 2.64 2.79 2.94 3.09 3.25 3.41 3.57

NC70
OD (in)
ID (in) 8-7/8 9 9-1/8 9-1/4 9-3/8 9-1/2 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8 10 10-1/8 10-1/4 10-3/8 10-1/2
2-1/2 1.77 1.87 1.97 2.08 2.18 2.29 2.40 2.52 2.64 2.76 2.88 3.01 3.13 3.27
2-13/16 1.79 1.89 1.99 2.10 2.21 2.32 2.43 2.55 2.66 2.79 2.91 3.04 3.17 3.30
3 1.81 1.91 2.01 2.12 2.23 2.34 2.45 2.57 2.69 2.81 2.94 3.06 3.20 3.33
3-1/4 1.83 1.93 2.04 2.15 2.26 2.37 2.49 2.60 2.73 2.85 2.98 3.11 3.24 3.38
3-1/2 1.86 1.97 2.08 2.19 2.30 2.41 2.53 2.65 2.78 2.90 3.03 3.16 3.30 3.44
3-3/4 1.91 2.02 2.12 2.24 2.35 2.47 2.59 2.71 2.84 2.97 3.10 3.24 3.38 3.52

NC77
OD (in)
ID (in) 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8 10 10-1/8 10-1/4 10-3/8 10-1/2 10-5/8 10-3/4 10-7/8 11 11-1/8 11-1/4 11-3/8 11-1/2 11-5/8
2-13/16 1.68 1.77 1.86 1.95 2.05 2.14 2.24 2.34 2.44 2.55 2.66 2.77 2.88 2.99 3.11 3.23 3.35
3 1.69 1.78 1.87 1.96 2.06 2.16 2.25 2.36 2.46 2.56 2.67 2.78 2.89 3.01 3.13 3.25 3.37
3-1/4 1.71 1.80 1.89 1.98 2.08 2.18 2.28 2.38 2.48 2.59 2.70 2.81 2.92 3.04 3.16 3.28 3.40
3-1/2 1.73 1.82 1.91 2.01 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.41 2.51 2.62 2.73 2.84 2.96 3.08 3.20 3.32 3.44
3-3/4 1.76 1.85 1.94 2.04 2.14 2.24 2.34 2.44 2.55 2.66 2.77 2.89 3.00 3.12 3.25 3.37 3.50
127

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
128

Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections

5-1/2 IF
OD (in)
ID (in) 7-3/4 7-7/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/4 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-5/8 8-3/4 8-7/8 9 9-1/8 9-1/4 9-3/8
2-1/2 1.59 1.71 1.83 1.95 2.08 2.21 2.34 2.48 2.62 2.77 2.92 3.07 3.22 3.38
2-13/16 1.62 1.74 1.86 1.99 2.12 2.25 2.39 2.53 2.67 2.82 2.97 3.12 3.28 3.45
3 1.65 1.77 1.89 2.02 2.15 2.29 2.42 2.57 2.71 2.86 3.01 3.17 3.33 3.50
3-1/4 1.69 1.81 1.94 2.07 2.21 2.34 2.49 2.63 2.78 2.93 3.09 3.25 3.42 3.59
3-1/2 1.74 1.87 2.00 2.14 2.28 2.42 2.57 2.72 2.87 3.03 3.19 3.36 3.53 3.70

6-5/8 IF
OD (in)
ID (in) 9 9-1/8 9-1/4 9-3/8 9-1/2 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8 10 10-1/8 10-1/4 10-3/8 10-1/2 10-5/8
3-1/4 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.91 2.02 2.13 2.24 2.36 2.48 2.60 2.72 2.85 2.98
3-1/2 1.52 1.62 1.73 1.83 1.94 2.05 2.16 2.28 2.40 2.52 2.64 2.76 2.89 3.02

2-3/8 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8
1-1/4 1.67 2.01 2.36 2.75 3.17 3.61
1-1/2 1.91 2.29 2.70 3.14 3.62 4.13

2-7/8 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4
1-1/4 1.46 1.71 1.98 2.27 2.58 2.91 3.26 3.63
1-1/2 1.56 1.83 2.12 2.42 2.75 3.10 3.48 3.87
1-3/4 1.75 2.06 2.38 2.73 3.10 3.49 3.91 4.35

3-1/2 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4
1-1/2 1.28 1.48 1.69 1.92 2.16 2.41 2.67 2.95 3.25 3.56
1-3/4 1.35 1.56 1.79 2.02 2.27 2.54 2.82 3.11 3.42 3.75
2 1.47 1.70 1.95 2.21 2.48 2.77 3.07 3.39 3.73 4.09

4-1/2 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-1/4 5-3/8 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8
2 1.61 1.77 1.94 2.11 2.29 2.48 2.68 2.88 3.09 3.31
2-1/4 1.66 1.83 2.00 2.18 2.37 2.56 2.77 2.98 3.20 3.42
2-1/2 1.74 1.92 2.10 2.29 2.49 2.69 2.90 3.12 3.35 3.59--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections

5-1/2 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8 6-3/4 6-7/8 7 7-1/8 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-1/2 7-5/8
2-1/4 1.39 1.51 1.65 1.78 1.92 2.07 2.22 2.37 2.53 2.70 2.87 3.04 3.22
2-1/2 1.42 1.55 1.68 1.82 1.96 2.11 2.27 2.42 2.59 2.76 2.93 3.11 3.29
2-13/16 1.48 1.61 1.75 1.89 2.04 2.20 2.36 2.52 2.69 2.87 3.05 3.24 3.43
3 1.52 1.66 1.81 1.96 2.11 2.27 2.43 2.60 2.78 2.96 3.15 3.34 3.54
3-1/4 1.61 1.76 1.91 2.07 2.23 2.40 2.57 2.75 2.94 3.13 3.33 3.53 3.74
3-1/2 1.74 1.90 2.06 2.23 2.41 2.59 2.77 2.97 3.17 3.37 3.59 3.81 4.04

6-5/8 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 7-1/8 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-1/2 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-7/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/4 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-5/8
2-1/2 1.56 1.69 1.82 1.96 2.10 2.24 2.39 2.54 2.69 2.85 3.02 3.19 3.36
2-13/16 1.61 1.74 1.87 2.01 2.15 2.30 2.45 2.60 2.76 2.93 3.10 3.27 3.45
3 1.64 1.77 1.91 2.05 2.20 2.35 2.50 2.66 2.82 2.99 3.16 3.34 3.52
3-1/4 1.70 1.84 1.98 2.12 2.28 2.43 2.59 2.75 2.92 3.10 3.27 3.46 3.64
3-1/2 1.78 1.92 2.07 2.23 2.38 2.55 2.71 2.88 3.06 3.24 3.43 3.62 3.82

7-5/8 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-5/8 8-3/4 8-7/8 9 9-1/8 9-1/4 9-3/8 9-1/2 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8 10
2-1/2 1.70 1.80 1.91 2.02 2.13 2.25 2.37 2.49 2.62 2.75 2.88 3.01 3.15 3.30
2.04 2.16 2.28 2.40 2.53 2.66 2.79 2.93 3.07 3.22 3.36 3.52 3-3/4 1.86 1.98

8-5/8 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8 10 10-1/8 10-1/4 10-3/8 10-1/2 10-5/8 10-3/4 10-7/8 11 11-1/8
2-13/16 1.69 1.78 1.87 1.97 2.07 2.17 2.27 2.38 2.49 2.60 2.71 2.82 2.94
3 1.70 1.79 1.89 1.98 2.08 2.18 2.29 2.39 2.50 2.61 2.73 2.84 2.96
3-1/4 1.71 1.81 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.21 2.31 2.42 2.53 2.64 2.75 2.87 2.99
3-1/2 1.74 1.83 1.93 2.03 2.13 2.24 2.34 2.45 2.56 2.67 2.79 2.91 3.03
3-3/4 1.77 1.86 1.96 2.06 2.17 2.27 2.38 2.49 2.60 2.72 2.84 2.96 3.08

2-7/8 FH
OD (in)
ID (in) 4 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4 4-7/8 5
1-1/2 1.57 1.79 2.01 2.25 2.50 2.76 3.03 3.32 3.62
1-3/4 1.65 1.87 2.10 2.35 2.61 2.88 3.17 3.47 3.79
2 1.77 2.01 2.26 2.52 2.80 3.10 3.41 3.73 4.07
129

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
130

Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections

3-1/2 FH
OD (in)
ID (in) 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4 4-7/8 5 5-1/8 5-1/4 5-3/8 5-1/2
1-1/2 1.43 1.61 1.80 2.00 2.21 2.42 2.65 2.89 3.14 3.40
1-3/4 1.47 1.66 1.85 2.05 2.27 2.49 2.73 2.97 3.23 3.50
2 1.54 1.73 1.93 2.15 2.37 2.60 2.85 3.11 3.37 3.65
2-1/4 1.64 1.85 2.07 2.30 2.54 2.79 3.05 3.32 3.61 3.91
2-1/2 1.82 2.05 2.29 2.55 2.81 3.09 3.38 3.69 4.00 4.34

4-1/2 FH
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8 6-3/4

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2 1.60 1.76 1.92 2.09 2.26 2.45 2.64 2.83 3.03 3.24 3.46
2-1/4 1.65 1.81 1.97 2.15 2.33 2.52 2.71 2.91 3.12 3.34 3.56
2-1/2 1.72 1.88 2.06 2.24 2.43 2.62 2.82 3.03 3.25 3.47 3.71
2-13/16 1.85 2.03 2.22 2.41 2.61 2.82 3.04 3.27 3.50 3.75 4.00
3 1.97 2.16 2.36 2.57 2.78 3.01 3.24 3.48 3.73 3.99
3-1/4 2.21 2.42 2.65 2.88 3.12 3.37 3.63 3.90 4.18

5-1/2 FH
OD (in)
ID (in) 6-3/4 6-7/8 7 7-1/8 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-1/2 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-7/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/4 8-3/8
2-1/4 1.39 1.52 1.64 1.78 1.91 2.05 2.20 2.35 2.50 2.66 2.82 2.99 3.16 3.34
2-1/2 1.41 1.54 1.67 1.81 1.95 2.09 2.24 2.39 2.54 2.70 2.87 3.04 3.21 3.39
2-13/16 1.46 1.59 1.72 1.86 2.00 2.15 2.30 2.46 2.62 2.78 2.95 3.13 3.31 3.50
3 1.49 1.62 1.76 1.90 2.05 2.20 2.36 2.52 2.68 2.85 3.03 3.20 3.39 3.58
3-1/4 1.55 1.69 1.83 1.98 2.14 2.29 2.45 2.62 2.79 2.97 3.15 3.34 3.53 3.73
3-1/2 1.64 1.78 1.94 2.09 2.25 2.42 2.59 2.76 2.95 3.13 3.32 3.52 3.72 3.93

6-5/8 FH
OD (in)
ID (in) 8-1/4 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-5/8 8-3/4 8-7/8 9 9-1/8 9-1/4 9-3/8 9-1/2 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8
2-1/2 1.65 1.76 1.88 2.00 2.12 2.25 2.38 2.51 2.64 2.78 2.93 3.07 3.22 3.37
2-13/16 1.68 1.79 1.91 2.03 2.16 2.28 2.41 2.55 2.69 2.83 2.97 3.12 3.27 3.42
3 1.70 1.81 1.93 2.06 2.18 2.31 2.44 2.58 2.72 2.86 3.01 3.15 3.31 3.46
3-1/4 1.73 1.85 1.97 2.10 2.23 2.36 2.49 2.63 2.77 2.92 3.07 3.22 3.38 3.53
3-1/2 1.78 1.90 2.02 2.15 2.28 2.42 2.56 2.70 2.85 3.00 3.15 3.30 3.46 3.63
3-3/4 1.84 1.96 2.09 2.23 2.36 2.50 2.64 2.79 2.94 3.10 3.25 3.42 3.58 3.75

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table3.7.4.4
Table 3.7.4.3Rotary
Bending Strength Connection
Shouldered Ratio for BHA Connections
Interchange List
(Connections in the same column are interchangeable)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Current API Name (Preferred)
NC26 NC31 – – NC38 NC40 NC46 NC50
Obsolete API Name
Internal Flush (IF) 2-3/8 2-7/8 – – 3-1/2 – 4 4-1/2
Full Hole (FH) 1
– – – – 4 – –

Other Obsolete Name


Extra Hole (XH) – – 2-7/8 3-1/2 – – 4-1/2 5
Double Streamline (DSL) – – 3-1/2 – – 4-1/2 – 5-1/2
Slim Hole (SH) 2-7/8 3-1/2 – 4 4-1/2 – – –
External Flush (EF) – – – 4-1/2 – – – –

Several Rotary Shouldered Connections are interchangeable with other connections having different names. “Interchangeable” means
that the connections will mate together, make-up and function, though function may not be as good as with the preferred connec-
tion. This situation has occurred because efforts were made to maintain interchangeability with existing products as improvements
were made to connections over the years.
The current API Nomenclature was adopted in 1968. The difference between the current API connections and their obsolete coun-
terparts is that the NC connections require the use of an improved thread form (V-038R) while this thread form is optional with the
older counterparts. Even though almost all connections that now carry the old names are cut with the improved thread form current
API nomenclature (NC—) should be used, if possible, when specifying connections on this list.
1
All “Full Hole” Connections except the 5-1/2FH and 6-5/8FH are obsolete.
131

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
132

Table 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratio for BHA Connections

This page intentionally left blank.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Glossary Bond Line: When the bit connection is welded to the bit
body, a bond line may exist at the interface.
A Boreback Box: A box connection of a BHA component
Acceptable Component: A drill stem component that can have a boreback machined to remove un-engaged
meets or exceeds the acceptance criteria of this standard threads and increase the fatigue life of the box connection.
after undergoing the specified inspection program.
Bottom Hole Assembly (BHA): The bottom hole as-
Acceptance Criteria: The dimensions, conditions, and sembly consists of heavy drill stem components configured
properties that a drill stem component must meet or exceed to accomplish certain tasks and placed at the bottom of
to be considered acceptable. the drill string. BHA components may concentrate weight
on the bit, rotate the bit, measure drilling parameters and
API: American Petroleum Institute.
hole trajectory, steer the bit, or perform other functions.
Apparatus: The devices, equipment, and fixtures an as-
Breaker Slot: The breaker slot is similar to a mill slot on a
sembler, inspector, or tester need to conduct their work.
tool joint. It consists of a groove that has been machined
to allow for the gripping of the bit when making up the
B bit connection in the field as well as for stampings to exist
Backreamer: A cutter that is located in the gauge area of in a known location.
a blade closer to the connection than any other cutters and
is typically near the edge of the gauge area.
C
Base Metal: The base metal consists of the portion of a Calibration: Calibration occurs when a measuring device
steel bit body that was originally manufactured and should is corrected by comparing its output with a standard of
not be modified or removed. known dimensions traceable to the National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST) or an equivalent body.
Bending Strength Ratio (BSR): With regards to BHA
connections, the ratio of the box section modulus to the Casing While Drilling (CWD) Bits: Using a top drive
pin section modulus is known as the Bending Strength casing running tool, casing can be set while drilling opera-
Ratio (BSR). The BSR applies only to connections of drill tions occur by connecting the drilling bit to the casing
collars and other stiff-bodied components that are run in directly. For these operations, a Casing While Drilling
the BHA. (CWD) bit is used.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Bevel Diameter: The outer diameter of the contact face Cone: The cone consists of the essentially horizontal
(seal surface) of a rotary shouldered connection. portion of a blade closest to the center of the bit body.

Bi-Center Bits: Fixed cutter bits that feature a pilot section Coring Bits: Like through-bits, coring bits are fixed cutter
and a reamer section. The pilot section is similar to a typical bits which feature a central through-hole that can be used
PDC bit, while the reamer section consists of primary to collect core samples from the formation.
blades and cutters that are on only one side of the bit.
Crack: A line on the surface of the material along which
Blacklight Inspection: A blacklight inspection is per- it has partial separation, with or without a perceptible
formed using a wet fluorescent magnetic particle solution opening.
to examine components for indications.
Customer: The party that is at immediate economic risk
Blades: The blades are protrusions from the bit body that in the event of a tool failure. Except in a turnkey drilling
contain the cutters. Primary blades run all the way to the situation, this will normally be an operating company that
center of the bit body, while secondary blades do not run is drilling a well.
all the way to the center of the bit body. The leading side
Cutters: Cutters shear or fracture the formation and consist
faces the same direction as the faces of most of the cutters.
of PDC material that does the shearing or fracturing and a
The trailing side of a blade faces opposite the faces of most
substrate that supports the PDC material. Primary cutters
of the cutters. The top of a blade is the portion farthest
are those which have faces that are often parallel to the
from the pin nose.
leading side of a blade. Secondary cutters may be on the

133
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

top of the blade and are effectively behind the primary cut- Gauge Pads: Gauge pads consist of the essentially vertical
ters. Each cutter consists of a substrate, which is typically protrusions adjacent to the blades that run to the shank.
tungsten carbide, and a diamond table. The diamond table The gauge pads may feature a nominal, straight-relieved,
is exposed and shears or fractures the formation, while step, or taper design or a combination of these.
the substrate contains the diamond table and is mostly
concealed by the bit body. H
Hardfacing: Hardfacing consists of metal deposited on
D the base metal by welding or brazing, used to build-up
Depth of Cut Management Element: A depth of cut the bit body.
management element is either part of the bit body or
consists of carbide or diamond. Each element may protrude Heat Checking: Heat checking cracks are typically shallow
from the blades near the cutters in its own pocket or may and are usually formed while the drill stem is rotated with
be part of the top of the blade that is designed to contact high side loads.
the formation at a specified penetration per revolution.
I
Diamond Bits: Fixed cutter bits that have diamond inserts Inspection Method: An inspection method consists of
impregnated into the bit body. Diamond bits consist of a a process that is used to evaluate one, or at most a few,
matrix body and a steel sleeve. conditions.

F Inspection Procedure: An inspection procedure includes


Failure: Failure occurs when improper performance of a step-by-step requirements and process quality controls for
component or process prevents completion of its intended the conduct of an inspection method.
function. Inspection Program: An inspection program is a group

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Fatigue: Fatigue is the progressive localized permanent of one or more inspection methods that are applied to
structural damage that occurs when a material undergoes evaluate the acceptability of drill stem components and the
repeated, fluctuating stress cycles. As fatigue damage criteria against which the acceptability of the components
accumulates at a point, a fatigue crack or cracks can form. will be judged.
Under continued stress cycles, these cracks can grow until Inspector: The person who performs an inspection is the
failure occurs. In drill stem components, stress cycles occur inspector.
when the component is bent or buckled, then rotated. They
also result from vibration.
J
Fitness for Purpose: The principle of tightening or loosen- Junk Slots: The areas between two blades on the bit body.
ing the arbitrary acceptance criteria in this standard when
such action is appropriate for either reducing risk or safely L
reducing cost is known as fitness for purpose. Last Engaged Thread: The last thread of a pin connec-
Fixed Cutter Bits: Fixed cutter bits are drilling bits that tion engaged with a box connection or a box connection
generally have no moving parts (with the exception of engaged with the pin.
rotating cutters) but contain cutters or inserts that typically Level: The inspection level determines the criticality of
shear or fracture the formation during drilling operations. the inspection and is specified by the customer of the
inspection.
G
Galling: Galling occurs when there is a transfer of metal Liquid Penetrant Inspection: A liquid penetrant inspec-
from one surface to another as the two surfaces slide over tion is performed using liquid penetrant to examine
one another while being pressed together. components for indications. A blacklight inspection is
performed using a wet fluorescent magnetic particle solu-
Gauge Area: The gauge area consists of anything below tion to examine components for indications.
the OD (closer to the connection) on the bit body.

134
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

M Rejectable Component: A drill stem component which


Makeup: To screw a connection together. fails to meet the acceptance criteria outlined in this stan-
dard after undergoing all or part of the specified inspection
Makeup Torque (MUT): The Makeup Torque (MUT) program is considered rejectable.
is the torque that is to be applied to threaded connections
(including rotary shouldered connections) during makeup. Required Action: An action that is required must be
accomplished in order to comply with this standard.
Matrix Body: If a bit body is comprised of composite Responsibility for compliance with any required action of
material such as tungsten carbide with a binder alloy, then this standard can only be established by one user of this
it is described as having a matrix body. standard upon another by agreement between the two
parties.
May: Optional or non-mandatory requirement.
Root Radius: The root radius consists of the fillet that
N is present at the intersection of any protrusion, such as a
Natural Diamond Bits: Natural diamond bits contain blade or gauge pad, and the bit body.
naturally occurring diamond inserts set into the surface
Rotary Shouldered Connection: A rotary threaded con-
of a matrix body.
nection is characterized by tapered threads and makeup
NIST: National Institute of Standards and Technology. shoulders.

Nose: The nose consists of the nearly horizontal portion


of a blade between the cone and the shoulder.
S
Shall: Indicates mandatory requirement.
Nozzles: Nozzles are threaded portholes with O-ring seals
Shank: The area between the bit connection and the gauge
from which fluid is projected.
pads and junk slots that includes the breaker slot.

O Should: Indicates that the requirement is recommended


OD: The OD is the outer diameter of the bit body. but not mandatory.

OD Area: The OD area consists of the nearly vertical Shoulder: On a rotary shouldered connection, the parts
portion of a blade between the gauge area and the shoulder. of pin connection and a box connection that abruptly stop
further thread engagement when the connection is madeup
are called the shoulders. On a bit body, the shoulder
P
consists of the portion of a blade between the nose and the
Pockets: Pockets are the portions of a blade that contain
OD that is oriented at approximately 45 degrees.
the cutters.
Steel Body: If a bit body is comprised of steel, then it is
Polycrystalline Diamond Compact (PDC) Bits: PDC
described as having a steel body.
bits are fixed cutter bits that use PDC cutters to shear the
formation. Stress Relief Groove (SRG): A Stress Relief Groove
(SRG) can be machined on the pin connection of a BHA
R component to reduce stress by removing unused threads
Recommended Action: An action that is recommended that act as stress concentrators. Stress relief grooves may
by this standard is based on assumed conditions which will have a minor effect on the torsional and tensile capacity of
not apply in every case. Recommended actions are offered the pin neck, but are used primarily to increase the fatigue
solely as a convenience to users of this standard. Users life of the pin connection.
must always consider local conditions before applying any
recommendations of this standard, then modify the action T
if sound engineering judgment dictates. Thread Root: In a connection, the thread root refers to
the area at the base of the thread form. If the threads are
Refacing: Refacing refers to the repair of seal damage on
considered projections above a surface, the thread root
a rotary shouldered connection by grinding or cutting the
would be the part of the surface between adjacent threads.
seal face.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
135
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Through-Bits for Logging: Through-bits are fixed cutter W


bits which feature a central through-hole that can be used Wear Elements: Wear elements are located in the gauge
to place a logging tool or to pass a logging tool through pads to absorb wear the bit undergoes.
the bit.

Tolerance: Tolerance refers to the amount of variation


permitted from the nominal or stated value. Acknowledgement
T H Hill extends a special thanks to the Fifth Edition
Traceability: Traceability refers to the unique identifica- Sponsor Companies and to Josh Gatell with Schlumberger
tion of a tool or apparatus in order to provide a link between and Li Zhaoxi with the Lilin Group for their technical
a document or reference and the tool or apparatus itself. contributions.

136
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Index acceptance criteria for diamond bit defined 133


body 87 rendering 19
acceptance criteria for matrix bit Competency
A body 74 of personnel 7
Acceptable Component acceptance criteria for sleeve standard 7
defined 133 interface 87 vision requirements 8
Acceptance Criteria acceptance criteria for steel bit Cone
adjusting 7 body 80 defined 133
BHA connection 110 Bit leg Coring Bits 18
defined 133 rendering 33 defined 133
API Bits Crack
defined 133 Bi-Center 19,  133 defined 133
Apparatus Casing While Drilling 18,  133 matrix bit body 23
defined 133 Coring 18 steel bit body 22,  24
Applicable Methods 5 Diamond 19,  134 Customer
Assumptions 2 Fixed Cutter 18,  134 defined 133
inspection 5 Cutter
B Natural Diamond 19,  135 condition 25,  27
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Backreamer parts of 15 defined 15


defined 18,  133 Polycrystalline Diamond Compact rendering 16
rendering 18 18, 135 Cutter 1 Inspection 6, 24
Base Metal Thermally Stable Polycrystalline acceptance criteria 92
defined 16,  133 19 Cutter 2 Inspection 6, 26
Bending Strength Ratio types of 18 acceptance criteria 103
defined 133 Blacklight Connection Inspection Cutters
for BHA connections 125 21, 43 defined 133
Bevel Diameter criteria 43
defined 133 defined 133 D
BHA connection equipment 43 Decimal to fraction 13
acceptance criteria table 110 procedure 43 Depth of Cut Management Element
Bi-Center Bits 19 Blade defined 15,  134
defined 133 defined 15, 133 Diamond Bit Body 24
rendering 19 rendering 17 acceptance criteria 87
Bit Bevel Diameter Ranges 124 Bond Line Diamond Bits 19
Bit Body defined 16,  133 defined 134
erosion 22 Boreback Box rendering 19
reference condition 22 defined 133 Dimensional Bit Connection
rendering 15,  16,  17 Bottom Hole Assembly Inspection 41
wear 22,  24 defined 133 apparatus 41
Bit Body 1 Inspection 5, 21 Breaker Slot criteria 41
acceptance criteria for matrix bit defined 16,  133 procedure 41
body 50 DS-1
acceptance criteria for steel bit C inspection 10
body 67 Calibration
acceptance criteria for wear and defined 133 F
erosion 71 frequency 9 Failure
Bit Body 2 Inspection 5, 23 requirements 8 defined 134
acceptable wear 88 Casing While Drilling Bits 18

137
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Fatigue Inspection Procedure O


defined 134 defined 134 OD
Fitness for Purpose 7 Inspection Program defined 15,  135
defined 134 defined 134 OD Area
Fixed Cutter Bits 18 Inspector defined 15
defined 134 defined 134
Fraction to decimal 13 P
Frequently Asked Questions 10 J Parts of bits 15
Junk Slots Personnel

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
G defined 15,  134 competency 7
Galling qualification certificates 8
defined 134 L vision requirements 8
Gauge Area Last Engaged Thread Pitting 38
defined 16,  134 defined 134 Pockets
Gauge Pad Levels 6 defined 15,  135
defined 16, 134 defined 134 Polycrystalline Diamond Compact
rendering 17 Limitations 2 Bits 18
Liquid Penetrant Inspection 21,  44 defined 135
H apparatus 44 Porosity
Hardbanding 37 application 45 steel bit body 22
Hardfacing criteria 45 Pressure Testing of Roller Cone Bits
defined 16,  134 defined 134 46
Heat Checking examination 45
defined 134 R
History of BITS 1 M Reamer
Makeup hinge-type rendering 30
I defined 135 Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection
Inspection Makeup Torque 6, 31
apparatus 20, 37, 41, 43 defined 135 Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection
applicable procedures 20 Matrix Bit Body 18,  23,  50,  74 6, 32
Bit body 1 5,  21 Matrix Body Reamer Cutter Inspection 27
Bit body 2 5,  23 defined 135 Recommended Action
Blacklight 21,  43 May defined 135
costs 7 defined 135 Refacing
Cutter 1 6, 24 Metric units 6 defined 135
Cutter 2 6, 26 Milled Tooth Roller Cone Rejectable Component
dimensional 20 gauge surfaces 107 defined 135
Dimensional Bit Connection 41 surface porosity 107 Required Action
levels 6 MPI 43 defined 135
liquid penetrant 21 Roller Cone
objectives 6 N bit leg rendering 33
preparation 20 Natural Diamond Bits 19 bit types 34
program 5 defined 135 cutting structure acceptance
Reamer block & arm 1 6 NIST criteria 105
Reamer block & arm 2 6 defined 135 inspection 6
Roller cone 6 Nose milled tooth gauge surface 107
scope 15 defined 15,  135 pressure testing 46
Visual Bit Connection 37 Nozzles rotation test 46
Inspection Method defined 16,  135
defined 134

138
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Roller Cone Bit Body Inspection 36 Shoulder Traceability


acceptance criteria 89 defined 15,  135 defined 136
bit leg 91 Sleeve Interface 24, 87
Roller Cone Cutter Inspection 36 Sponsorship 1 V
Roller cone reamer arm Steel Bit Body 18,  22,  24,  67,  80 Vision requirements 8
rendering 30 Steel Body Visual Bit Connection Inspection
Root Radius defined 135 37
defined 18,  135 Stress Relief Groove acceptance criteria 108
Rotary shouldered connection defined 135 apparatus 37
defined 135 criteria 37
interchange list 131 T procedure 37
Rotation Test of Roller Cone Bits Thermally Stable Polycrystalline Bits
46 19 W
Thread Root Wear and erosion
S defined 136 of bit body 71
Shall Through-bits 18 Wear Elements
defined 135 rendering 19 defined 16,  136
Shank Through-Bits for Logging
defined 16,  135 defined 136
Should Tolerance
defined 135 defined 136

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

139
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

140
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

You might also like